F1 - Get The Most Out of Excel Formulas and Functions

F1 Get the Most out of Excel
Formulas & Functions
The Ultimate Excel Formulas & Functions Help Guide
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
F1 Get the Most out of Excel Formulas & Functions
The Ultimate Excel Formulas & Functions Help Guide
Copyright 2005 by Joseph Rubin, CPA
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted

in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including
photocopying, recording, or by any information storage or retrieval system
without written permission from the publisher.
Written by: Joseph Rubin, CPA
Published by: Limelight Media Inc.

12207 Wilshire Blvd.
Los Angeles, CA USA 90025
sales@limelightmediainc.com
www.limelightmediainc.com
Distributed by: Limelight Media Inc.
First printing: August 2005
Library of Congress Control Number (LCCN): 2005905906
ISBN: 9780974636856
Trademarks:
All brand names and product names used in this book are trade names,
service marks, trademarks, or registered trade marks of their respective
owners. Limelight Media Inc. is not associated with any product or vendor
mentioned in this book.
Last printed: 8/22/2005 2:27:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 2:27:00 PM
About The Author
iii
About The Author

Joseph Rubin, CPA, principal of www.exceltip.com (a leading Excel Web
site) is the author of the very successful books:
• F1 Get the Most out of Excel!
The Ultimate Excel Tip Help Guide
• Financial Statements.xls
A Step by Step Guide on Creating Financial Statements
Using Microsoft Excel
• Mr Excel On Excel
Joseph Rubin has over 27 years of financial experience in the accounting

industry. He has served as CFO, Controller and has run his own CPA
practice for many years. Joseph Rubin, CPA, is an independent consultant
specializing in the development of applications using Microsoft Excel for
the financial industry and has instructed thousands of professionals on
Microsoft Excel.
Contact the author - jrubin@exceltip.com
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
iv
This book is dedicated to my family, my wife, and my three children.
Thanks to
Yael Schneebaum
Chris Tobin
Sara Amihud
Without them this book would never have been born.
Thanks to Excel Gurus
Iki Sapoznik
Ido Ben-Horin
Joseph Rubin, CPA
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
vi
How to Use this Resource

Effectively
In the Book
Use the Table of Contents at the front of the book and the Index at the
back to find the topic you are looking for.
Each topic (Q&A) in the book contains the following parts:
• Title
• Problem
• Solution
• Screenshot
• Explanation
In Excel workbooks
• All the formula solutions presented in the book are included in

working Excel workbook files.
On the Internet
• All the formula solutions presented in the book have been entered
into the www.exceltip.com database. To discuss a specific
formula, visit www.exceltip.com/fx- & the page number in the
book. For example, if you want to discuss a formula from page
100, type the following URL into your browser:
www.exceltip.com/fx-100.
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
How this Book is Organized
vii
How this Book is Organized

This book contains 10 chapters, 1 Appendix and Index:
Chapter 1, Working With Formulas

Chapter 2, Text
Chapter 3, Date & Time
Chapter 4, Lookup
Chapter 5, Logical & Errors
Chapter 6, Counting
Chapter 7, Summing
Chapter 8, List
Chapter 9, Miscellaneous Calculation & Math
Chapter 10, Income Tax & Financial
Appendix, List of Functions
Index
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
viii
Contents at a Glance
Chapter 1 Working With Formulas ................................................ 1
Chapter 2 Text ............................................................................. 25
Chapter 3 Date & Time................................................................ 71
Chapter 4 Lookup ...................................................................... 159
Chapter 5 Logical & Errors......................................................... 215
Chapter 6 Counting ................................................................... 241
Chapter 7 Summing ................................................................... 289
Chapter 8 List ............................................................................ 331
Chapter 9 Miscellaneous Calculation & Math............................ 361
Chapter 10 Income Tax & Financial............................................. 429
Appendix List of Functions......................................................... 437
Index............................................................................................ 455
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
Table of Contents
ix
Table of Contents
Chapter 1 Working With Formulas ................................................ 1

Inserting, Editing, & Copying Formulas ........................................................................2
Inserting/Editing Formulas ........................................................................................2
Nesting Formulas .....................................................................................................3
Changing an Absolute Reference to a Relative Reference or Vice Versa ...................4
Copying a Formula from a Cell While Keeping the Absolute Reference
or Relative Reference .........................................................................................5
Copying Formulas from a Range of Cells without Changing the Absolute
or Relative References........................................................................................6
Selecting, Displaying, Printing, & Pasting Formulas .....................................................7
Displaying Formula Syntax.......................................................................................7
Displaying Both Formulas and Values for Cells ........................................................8
Selecting Cells That Contain Formulas......................................................................9
Pasting Values ........................................................................................................10
Adding a Comment to a Formula............................................................................11
Printing Formula Syntax .........................................................................................11
Array Formulas ..........................................................................................................12
Understanding Arrays.............................................................................................12
Using Arrays in Formulas .......................................................................................12
Using Range Names in Formulas................................................................................13
Range Name Syntax ...............................................................................................13
Defining a Range Name .........................................................................................14
Deleting a Range Name .........................................................................................15
Using a Range Name in a Formula .........................................................................15
Auditing Formulas......................................................................................................16
Moving Between Precedent and Dependent Cells ..................................................16
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
x
Stepping into a Formula......................................................................................... 19

Tracing Errors in Formula Results........................................................................... 21
Protecting Formulas .................................................................................................. 22
Protecting Cells Containing Formulas in a Protected Sheet .................................... 22
Protecting Cells Containing Formulas in an Unprotected Sheet.............................. 24
Chapter 2 Text ............................................................................. 25

Entering Text ............................................................................................................. 27
Restricting Cell Entries to Text Only....................................................................... 27
Restricting the Number of Characters Entered into a Cell ....................................... 28
Preventing Duplicates When Entering Data ........................................................... 29
Combining Text, Date, & Number............................................................................. 30
Combining Text and Formatted Numbers into a Single Entity ................................ 30
Combining Text and a Formatted Date into a Single Entity .................................... 31
Combining Numbers that Have Leading Zeros ...................................................... 32
Combining the Contents of Every N Number of Cells into One Value.................... 33
Encoding a Sequence of Letters ............................................................................. 34
Combining Text and Numerically Calculated Results into One Output String........ 35
Text Formatting — Troubleshooting.......................................................................... 36
Formulas Erroneously Appearing as Text ............................................................... 36
Avoiding Problems when Numeric Values are used as Text................................... 37
Adjusting a Formula to Return a Blank, Rather than a Zero, When Operating
on Empty Cells ................................................................................................ 39
Checking Whether Cells in a Range are Blank, and Counting the Blank Cells........ 40
Creating Formulas that Only Return Results from Non-Blank Cells ........................ 41
Removing Redundant Characters from a Range of Cells and Resetting the Format . 43
Removing Hidden Apostrophes from Imported Numbers....................................... 44
Subdividing Text........................................................................................................ 45
Subdividing a Mixed String into Separate Cells Containing only Numbers
or Characters................................................................................................... 45
Splitting a Full Address into Three Separate Cells................................................... 47
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
Table of Contents
xi
Separating First and Last Names .............................................................................48

Extracting the First N Number of Words from a String ............................................49
Replacing Characters .................................................................................................50
Creating New IP Addresses.....................................................................................50
Converting Numbers with Trailing Minus Signs to Normal Negative Numbers .......51
Replacing Substrings with Numbers from Adjacent Cells ........................................53
Performing Numeric Operations on Substrings .......................................................54
Searching a String ......................................................................................................55
Searching a String for a Matching Word from another String ..................................55
Find the Alphabetically Lowest Letter in a List ........................................................56
Identifying Numeric Values within a Range Formatted as Text ...............................58
Identifying the Case of Letters within Strings...........................................................59
Finding the Relative Position of Numbers within a String........................................60
Searching a String for a Specific Substring ..............................................................61
Determining Long Distance Phone Calls, Based on the Number Dialed .................63
Rearranging & Sorting Text ........................................................................................64
Rearranging a String in Alphabetic Order ...............................................................64
Reversing the Word Order within a String ..............................................................65
Retrieving Cell Address, Row Number .......................................................................66
Retrieving the Cell Address of the Largest Value in a Range....................................66
Retrieving Each Row Number that Corresponds with Successful Matches
in a Look Up....................................................................................................67
Retrieving the Row Number that Corresponds with a Matched Value in
a Look Up........................................................................................................68
Chapter 3 Date & Time................................................................ 71

Date ...........................................................................................................................72
Entering Dates Quickly...........................................................................................72
Calculating Number of Days, Weeks, Months and Years between Dates ................73
Calculating a Date Based on Year, Week Number and Day of the Week................74
Finding the Last Day of a Given Month ..................................................................75
Calculating the Number of Business Days in a Specified Period .............................77
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
xii
Calculating a Project’s End Date ............................................................................ 78

Calculating a Required Date According to Two Criteria......................................... 79
Indicating Due Payments, Based on the Current Date............................................ 80
Calculating the Date of the Nth Specific Day of the Month.................................... 81
Eliminating Negative Values from Date Subtractions ............................................. 83
Avoiding Negative Values when Calculating the Number of Days
between Two Dates ........................................................................................ 84
Avoiding False Results when Counting Dates Matching Specified Criteria ............. 85
Calculating the Week Number Corresponding with a Specific Date ...................... 87
Determining whether Two Given Dates Occur within the Same Week .................. 88
Finding the Number of Days in a Given Month ..................................................... 89
Finding the Serial Number of the Last Day of the Month........................................ 90
Adding a Specified Number of Months to a Date................................................... 92
Converting a Month’s Serial Number into Its Corresponding Name ....................... 94
Calculating the Quarter Number for Calendar and Fiscal Year............................... 95
Converting a Date into a String, Indicating the Quarter Number and Year ............. 97
Determining Which Quarter a Specified Date Corresponds With .......................... 98
Converting Older Dates to the Current Year .......................................................... 99
Converting a Julian Date to a Calendar Date ....................................................... 100
Time ........................................................................................................................ 102
Entering Times Quickly (1) .................................................................................. 102
Entering Times Quickly (2) .................................................................................. 103
Adding Time Values ............................................................................................ 106
Adding Text Values Representing Time................................................................ 106
Adding Time Values from Separate Hours and Minutes Columns ........................ 107
Adding a Number to a Formatted Time Value...................................................... 108
Calculating Absolute Difference between Two Time Values ................................ 109
Subtracting Times ................................................................................................ 111
Converting a Decimal Value to a Time Value ...................................................... 112
Converting Text Representing Minutes and Seconds into Numerical Values ........ 113
Converting Times to Decimal Values................................................................... 114
Calculating Military Time Intervals ...................................................................... 115
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
Table of Contents
xiii
Converting Time Values from One Time Zone to Another ....................................117

Creating a World Time Converter .........................................................................118
Rounding Times Down to the Nearest 30 Seconds ...............................................119
Rounding Times Down to a Specified Time Increment .........................................120
Rounding Hours Up .............................................................................................121
Rounding Time Intervals to the Nearest Specified Time Increment .......................122
Calculating a Building’s Occupancy Rate at Specified Times................................123
Date & Time.............................................................................................................125
Creating Date and Time Stamp.............................................................................125
Convert Date and Time from GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) to CST
(Central Standard Time) .................................................................................126
Combining Data from Separate Columns into a Single Date and Time Value .......127
Converting Text, Which Represents Date and Time, Into Proper Date
and Time Values ............................................................................................128
Calculating the Number of Weekday Hours between Two Dates .........................130
Separating Dates and Times .................................................................................131
Creating a Date and Time Matrix..........................................................................132
Wages, Shifts & Time Worked..................................................................................135
Creating a Timesheet............................................................................................135
Finding the First Login and Last Logout Times of Employees.................................136
Calculating Total Time Worked on a Specific Day ..............................................139
Calculating Hours Worked ...................................................................................140
Calculating the Number of Hours Worked Based on a System of Letter Codes .....143
Calculating Total Pay, Based on Hours Worked Per Day and Hourly Rates ..........144
Calculating Daily Pay, Incorporating Variable Hourly Rates .................................147
Determining Whether a Person Worked a Full or Partial Shift...............................149
Determining Whether a Worked Shift Was Morning, Afternoon or Night .............151
Counting the Number of Shifts in a Specified Week that an Employee
Worked Overtime ..........................................................................................152
Calculating the Number of Hours per Month, Allowing for
Daylight-Saving Shifts ....................................................................................154
Counting Vacation or Sick Days within a Specified Time Period ..........................156
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
xiv
Calculating Hourly Productivity........................................................................... 157
Chapter 4 Lookup ...................................................................... 159

Retrieving Data Using Text References ................................................................... 160
Retrieving Values Using References Based on Row and Column Numbers .......... 160
Retrieving Each Second Number from Two Lists.................................................. 161
Retrieving Values Using Range Names as References (1) ..................................... 162
Retrieving Values Using Range Names as References (2) ..................................... 163
Retrieving Values from Different Sheets Using the Sheet Name as a Reference .... 164
Retrieving Values from another Sheet Using Date as Sheet Name Reference ....... 165
Retrieving a Specific Cell from Multiple Sheets.................................................... 166
Retrieving Values from another Excel Workbook Using Text References.............. 167
Retrieving the Price for a Specified Item and a Specified Brand ........................... 168
Retrieving Data Using One Criterion.......................................................................... 170
Retrieving from List by Position ........................................................................... 170
Ranking Salespeople According to Sales Figure ................................................... 170
Retrieving the Player Who Scored the Highest Number of Points......................... 172
Retrieving File Name by Matching a Given Page Number in a Book ................... 173
Retrieving Grade Value for Corresponding Mark ................................................. 174
Retrieving the Most Frequent Occurrence for Each Category ............................... 175
Retrieving the Last Value and the Last Character in a Row................................... 177
Retrieving the Last Value in a Dynamic List ......................................................... 178
Retrieving the Value of the First Non-blank Cell in a List ..................................... 179
Retrieving the Most Recent Payment Made by Client........................................... 180
Retrieving the Closest Larger / Closest Smaller Values from a List when there
is No Exact Match ......................................................................................... 181
Retrieving the First Value in a List that is Greater / Smaller than a
Specified Number ......................................................................................... 183
Finding the Maximal / Minimal String, Based on Alphabetic Order...................... 184
Retrieve Value Using Case-Sensitive Lookups...................................................... 186
Retrieving the Minimal / Maximal Values from a Filtered List .............................. 187
Retrieving Smallest Nth Value Match within a List............................................... 189
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
Table of Contents
xv
Finding Every Third Number and Returning the Largest of Them ..........................190
Retrieving the Nth Value in a Row / Column ........................................................192
Retrieving Every Nth Value in a Range .................................................................193
Retrieve the Distance between Any Two Cities from Distance Table ....................194
Retrieving Matching Values from Not Adjacent List.............................................195
Retrieving Data Using Two Criteria .........................................................................196
Retrieving an Item from a List that Meets Multiple Criteria (1)...............................196
Retrieving an Item from a List that Meets Multiple Criteria (2)...............................198
Retrieving Sale Price Based on Item and Color Criteria.........................................199
Retrieving a Price from a List that Matches both Category and Item Criteria .........200
Retrieving an Entire Row of Data.............................................................................201
Retrieving the Entire Row of a Matched Value......................................................201
Returning the Entire Contents of the Row Containing the Highest Math Grade .....203
Retrieving Data from Two Different Lists.................................................................204
Retrieving a Price Value by Looking at Two Difference Data Tables.....................204
Complex Retrieval Problems ....................................................................................206
Retrieving the Column Header of the Next Non-Blank Cell in a Row ...................206
Finding the First Value in a Row and Retrieving the Header for That Column.......207
Retrieving the Column Header that Corresponds with a Matched Value...............208
Retrieving the Column Header of the Largest Value in a Row...............................210
Retrieving a Value from a Reference Grid, Using Indexes Listed in
another Range................................................................................................211
Chapter 5 Logical & Errors......................................................... 215

Reducing Complexity of IF Functions.......................................................................216
Simplifying Formulas by Reducing the Complexity of IF Functions (1) ..................216
Simplifying Formulas by Reducing the Complexity of IF Functions (2) ..................218
Create Conditional Formula by Reducing the Complexity of IF Functions (3)........219
Using OR, AND Functions .......................................................................................221
Nesting OR & AND Functions to Meet Multiple Criteria (1)..................................221
Nesting OR & AND Functions to Meet Multiple Criteria (2)..................................222
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
xvi
Checking for the Presence of Specified Values within a Range. ........................... 223
Handling Errors ....................................................................................................... 224
Ignoring Blank Cells when Performing Calculations............................................. 224
Avoiding the #VALUE! Error when Adding Cells that May Contain Blanks........... 225
Avoiding #DIV/0! Errors when Dividing by Zero ................................................. 226
Ignoring #DIV/0! Errors when Performing Calculations........................................ 227
Eliminating Errors Resulting from If Functions with Multiple Conditions .............. 229
Avoiding Errors when Using the And Function to Combine Multiple
Conditions in Array Formulas........................................................................ 230
Avoiding Errors when Counting Date Values that Meet Specified Criteria ............ 231
Avoiding Errors when Subtracting Times.............................................................. 233
Handling Errors with the VLOOKUP Function ........................................................ 234
Preventing a VLOOKUP Function from Returning an Error when an
Exact Match is Not Found ............................................................................. 234
Avoiding the Occurrence of Unexpected VLOOKUP #N/A Errors ....................... 235
Using a VLOOKUP Formula to Check If a Value Exists........................................ 237
Checking If Matching Numbers Exist in Different Ranges..................................... 238
Chapter 6 Counting ................................................................... 241

The COUNT Functions............................................................................................ 242
Using the COUNT Functions............................................................................... 242
Counting Using One Criterion ................................................................................ 244
Counting Unique Numeric Values or Unique Data in a List................................. 244
Counting the Number of Values Below or Above Average................................... 246
Counting Values that Appear Only Once in a List............................................... 247
Counting the Number of Times a Specified Substring Appears within a Range
of Strings ....................................................................................................... 248
Counting the Number of Cells Containing Text (1)............................................... 250
Counting the Number of Cells Containing Text (2)............................................... 251
Counting the Number of Combined First and Last Names Matching Criteria
in a Dynamic Range...................................................................................... 252
Counting the Number of Times a Substring Appears Within a String.................... 255
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
Table of Contents
xvii
Counting the Number of Strings which Contain Numbers Meeting Criteria ..........256
Counting Date Values by Specified Date Criteria..................................................257
Counting the Number of Dates with Matching Month Criteria..............................258
Counting Time Values In Terms of Hourly Increments..........................................260
Counting the Number of Values Meeting Criteria, but Only for Every 3rd |
Cell in a Range ..............................................................................................261
Counting Rows of Even Numbers in Two Parallel Ranges.....................................263
Counting the Number of Values from Multiple Worksheets that Match Criteria ....264
Counting Using Two Criteria ...................................................................................265
Counting Rows that Match Specific Criteria for Each Column...............................265
Counting the Number of Values between Two Specified Values in a List..............266
Counting the Number of Values between Upper and Lower Limits.......................268
Counting the Number of Unique Items Sold by Each Salesperson.........................269
Counting the Number of Players According to Their Score in a
Particular Quarter ..........................................................................................271
Counting the Number of Students who Answered "A" to the Second Question .....272
Counting the Number of Excel Files in a List According to File Type and
Date Criteria ..................................................................................................273
Using Date & Time Criteria to Count Entries in a Combined Date & Time List......275
Counting the Number of Items Sold Every Half Hour............................................276
Complex Counting Problems....................................................................................277
Counting the Number of Times Any of the Numbers in First List Appears
within Second List..........................................................................................277
Creating Progressively Incremented Counting Criteria ..........................................278
Counting the Values that Match Criteria in a Filtered List .....................................280
Creating a Summary Table of a Student Questionnaire .........................................281
Counting the Number of YES Responses in a Student Questionnaire ....................283
Counting Unique "X" and "O" Occurrences in a Matrix ........................................285
Creating a Counting Grid .....................................................................................286
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
xviii
Chapter 7 Summing ................................................................... 289

Summing Techniques & Tips ................................................................................... 290
Summing the Values of Cells Occurring at the Intersection of Ranges.................. 290
Summing Values from Different Sheets for the Same Cell Address ....................... 291
Creating a Summing Formula that Automatically Adjusts to a Dynamic Range .... 292
Summing the Absolute Values of All Numbers in a Range ................................... 293
Summing Subtotals Only from Range .................................................................. 294
Modifying a SUMPRODUCT function to Return a Sum Rather than a Count ....... 295
Summing Rounded Numbers............................................................................... 296
Summing Values Based on Text, Text & Numbers, & Blank Cell Criteria ................ 298
Summing Values Based on Text Criteria .............................................................. 298
Summing Values from a List Containing Numerical and Textual Substrings ......... 299
Summing Numerical Substrings ........................................................................... 300
Summing Values in a Range Containing Redundant Spaces................................. 301
Ignoring Blank Cells Containing Invisible Spaces when Using Array Formulas..... 302
Summing Values Based on the Criteria of a Non-Empty Adjacent Cell................. 304
Summing Using Indirect Cell References ................................................................ 305
Summing Values Using Indirect Cell References.................................................. 305
Summing Across Multiple Sheets ......................................................................... 306
Summing from Closed Workbooks ...................................................................... 308
Summing Using One or More Criteria..................................................................... 310
Summing Positive and Negative Numbers Separately .......................................... 310
Sum Total Sales Except for One Specified Item .................................................... 311
Summing Corresponding Values in Multiple Columns ......................................... 312
Summing Sales Amounts According to Product Category and Customer Name.... 313
Summing Total Sales, Based on Quantity & Price ................................................ 314
Summing Values from Two Ranges, Based on Two Criteria ................................. 315
Summing How Many Points Scored by a Specified Team in Specified Games ..... 317
Summing Expenses Accumulated to a Specified Month ....................................... 319
Calculating Monthly and Accumulated Income, Based on Specified Month ........ 320
Summing Annual Expenses by Respective Quarters ............................................. 322
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
Table of Contents
xix
Summing the Number of Hours an Employee Worked During a

Two Week Period ..........................................................................................323
Summing Last N Values............................................................................................324
Summing Groups of Every N Values in a Row ......................................................324
Summing the Last N Values in a Column..............................................................326
Summing the N Largest Values in a Range............................................................327
Creating a List in which Each Number is the Sum of the Previous N Numbers......328
Chapter 8 List ............................................................................ 331

Sorting, Reversing, & Retrieving Values ...................................................................332
Sorting Numbers in Ascending or Descending Order ...........................................332
Sorting Numbers Based on Their Frequency within a List .....................................333
Reversing the Order of Values in a List .................................................................335
Shuffling a List of Values ......................................................................................336
Creating a New List Using Criteria...........................................................................338
Retrieving Unique Values from a List....................................................................338
Retrieving List Values that Do Not Appear in a Second List ..................................340
Retrieving Values that are Common to Two Lists ..................................................342
Creating a List of All Non-Blank Cells in a Column ..............................................344
Retrieving Values from a List that are Greater than a Specified Number ...............345
Checking for Sequences within a Sorted List.........................................................347
Identifying Duplicate Values....................................................................................348
Checking for Duplicate Values within a Range.....................................................348
Identifying Duplicate Rows within a Range ..........................................................350
Determining and Indicating the Number of Times Each Value Has Been
Entered in a List .............................................................................................351
Transposing a List.....................................................................................................352
Transposing an Entire Range of Data into a Single Column...................................352
Transposing a Column into Successive Rows of a Specified Length ......................355
Transposing a Range in Ascending Order .............................................................356
Transposing Values from Columns into Rows, and Vice Versa..............................357
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
xx
Chapter 9 Miscellaneous Calculation & Math............................ 361

Averaging Values..................................................................................................... 363
Calculating Average Annual Growth ................................................................... 363
Calculating the Average Growth of a Child.......................................................... 364
Averaging Using Criteria ......................................................................................... 365
Calculating the Average for Numbers Meeting Specified Criteria ......................... 365
Calculating the Average Difference between List Price and Sale Price ................. 366
Finding Specified Items in a List and Averaging their Associated Values .............. 368
Excluding Exceptional Values when Calculating an Average ............................... 369
Calculating an Average, Only Including Prices on Which There Was
no Discount .................................................................................................. 371
Averaging Sales Totals by Day of the Week ......................................................... 372
Averaging Values that Correspond with the X Largest Values in a
Dynamic Range ............................................................................................ 374
Calculating the Average of a Range of Numbers, Excluding the Minimal Value ... 376
Calculating the Average of Every Nth Value ........................................................ 377
Calculating the Average of Every Nth Value, Excluding Zeros.............................. 378
Calculating the Average Value in Every Nth Column, Excluding Zeros ................ 380
Finding Minimum / Maximum Values....................................................................... 382
Finding the Minimum Value in a Referenced Range ............................................ 382
Calculating the Lowest Common Multiple (LCM)................................................. 383
Returning the Nth Largest / Smallest Values in a Range........................................ 385
Finding the Largest Number among Those Meeting Specified Criteria.................. 386
Finding the Score that Was the Nth Highest for a Specified Team........................ 387
Finding the Largest Value from Two Different Lists, Subject to Specified Criteria . 388
Rounding Values ..................................................................................................... 390
Rounding Prices to the Nearest Nickel, Dime, Quarter and Dollar ...................... 390
Dividing an Amount into Equal Payments While Avoiding Division /
Rounding Errors ............................................................................................ 391
Rounding the Calculation of Retail Price and Sales Tax ....................................... 393
Rounding Up / Down to the Nearest Multiple of a Specific Number.................... 394
Rounding Numbers that Meet Specified Criteria .................................................. 395
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
Table of Contents
xxi
Rounding Numerical Substrings ...........................................................................396

Rounding a Value to Make It Divisible by a Specified Number.............................397
Ranking Values.........................................................................................................398
Ranking a List of Numbers....................................................................................398
Ranking Numbers in a Dynamic List ....................................................................399
Calculating Commissions Based on Sales Rank ....................................................401
Random Calculation.................................................................................................402
Selecting a Set of Random Numbers, Avoiding Duplicates ...................................402
Adjusting Values Returned by the RAND Function ...............................................404
Randomly Selecting a Value from a Range ...........................................................405
Random Selection from a List ...............................................................................406
Miscellaneous Calculation .......................................................................................407
Creating a Dynamic Inventory List Based on Daily Sales ......................................407
Calculating Net Sale Price According to Text Criteria ...........................................409
Calculating the Proportion of Characters from One String that Appears in
another String ................................................................................................410
Calculating the Remaining Credit after Each Purchase..........................................411
Calculating Total Annual Payment Based on Cumulative Monthly Payments........413
Placing the Previous Payment Date beside Each Pay Date in a List.......................414
Restricting the Automatic Recalculation of Volatile Functions ..............................416
Calculating the Percentage of Cells in a Range that Contain a Specified String .....418
Calculating the Absolute Difference between Each List Value and the Minimum
Value in the List .............................................................................................419
Determining Divisibility .......................................................................................420
Multiplying Values from Two Matrixes that Occupy Corresponding Addresses.....421
Converting Decimal Fractions to Fractions of a Specified Number .......................422
Simplifying Formulas by Defining Names for Often-Repeated Parts......................424
Converting Units......................................................................................................426
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
xxii
Chapter 10 Income Tax & Financial........................................... 429

Calculating Income Tax........................................................................................... 430
Calculating Total Income Tax .............................................................................. 430
Financial Formulas .................................................................................................. 432
Using Financial Functions ................................................................................... 432
Calculating Canadian Mortgage Payments........................................................... 433
Amortization Tables ................................................................................................ 434
Creating an Amortization Schedule ..................................................................... 434
Creating an Amortization Schedule with a Grace Period ..................................... 435
Creating an Amortization Schedule for Random Loan Payments.......................... 436
Appendix List of Functions......................................................... 437
Index............................................................................................ 455
Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 9:55:00 AM
Working With Formulas
1
Chapter 1
Chapter 1
About This Chapter

This chapter contains fundamentals, shortcuts, tips, and techniques that
are essential when working with Formulas & Functions. It includes the
following sections:
) Inserting, Editing, & Copying Formulas, page 2: This section covers
easy techniques on inserting, editing, and copying formulas,
understanding the correct use of relative/absolute references, and
creating power formulas.
) Selecting, Displaying, Printing & Pasting Formulas, page 7: In this
section you will find techniques on displaying formula syntax,
displaying formulas and values, selecting cells containing formulas,
pasting values, adding comments to formulas, and printing formula
syntax.
) Array Formulas, page 12: This section provides an explanation of the
concept of an Array and how Excel uses Arrays in formulas, You will
also learn how to create an Array formula.
) Using Range Names in Formulas, page 13: In this section, learn about
range name rules, how to define range names, and how to use range
Names in formulas.
) Auditing Formulas, page 16: In this section, find essential shortcuts
and techniques on tracing and moving between precedent and
dependent cells, stepping into formulas, and tracing errors in a
formula.
) Protecting Formulas, page 22: In this section, you will learn how to
protect formulas in both protected and unprotected sheets.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
2
Inserting, Editing, & Copying

Formulas
Inserting/Editing Formulas
¾ To open the Insert Function dialog box:
Select an empty cell and press <Shift+F3>.
¾ To open a Function Arguments dialog box:

Select a cell containing a formula and press <Shift+F3>.
¾ To insert a new Formula into a cell using the Function

Arguments dialog box:
1. Select an empty cell, and then type the = sign.
2. Type the formula name and press <Ctrl+A>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
3
Chapter 1
¾ To insert a formula by typing it while being guided by the

formula syntax tooltip:
1. Select an empty cell, and then type the = sign followed by the
formula name and a left parenthesis, i.e. (.
2. Press <Ctrl+Shift+A> (in Excel version 2003 the syntax appears
immediately after step 1 above).
Nesting Formulas
A formula can be copied and pasted into the appropriate place within
another formula in the Formula Bar by using the <Ctrl+C> and <Ctrl+V>
keyboard shortcuts.
¾ To combine Formulas into one long nested power Formula:

1. Insert the following formula into a cell:
=SUMIF(TB_DB_Level3,A12,G12)
2. Insert the following formula into an adjacent cell:
=OFFSET(TB_DB_Level3,0,MonthSelectionNumber+2)
3. In the Formula Bar of the second formula, select the formula without
the = sign, and then press <Ctrl+C>.
4. Click Cancel or Enter (the two buttons between the Name Box and
the formula in the Formula Bar) to exit edit mode.
5. Select the cell containing the first formula, and in the Formula Bar,
select the reference G12, and then press <Ctrl+V>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
4
Changing an Absolute Reference to a Relative

Reference or Vice Versa
) Relative Reference
When a formula is copied, a Relative reference is used. A Relative
reference is the distance, in rows and columns, between the reference
and the cell containing the formula.
Example:
In cell A1, type the number 100, and in cell B1, type the formula
=A1. Cell B1 is one column to the right of cell A1. When the formula
is copied from cell B1 to cell B10, the distance between the reference
and the cell containing the formula remains one column, and the
formula in cell B10 is =A10.
) Absolute Reference
Select cell B1 from the previous example. In the Formula Bar, select
A1, and then press <F4>. The result is =$A$1.
Copy the contents of cell B1 to cell B10. Notice that the formula does
not change — the formula reference remains constant as =$A$1.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
5
Chapter 1
) The <F4> Key

The <F4> keyboard shortcut has four states:
State 1: Absolute reference to the column and row, =$A$1
State 2: Relative reference (column) and Absolute reference (row),
=A$1
State 3: Absolute reference (column) and Relative reference (row),
=$A1
State 4: Relative reference to the column and row, =A1
Copying a Formula from a Cell While Keeping

the Absolute Reference or Relative Reference
Avoid the nightmare of pressing <F4> multiple times when coping and
pasting formulas.
¾ To copy/paste a Formula without changing the Absolute or

Relative references:
Option 1: Select a cell under the cell containing a formula and press
<Ctrl+ ’>.
Option 2: Copy and paste the formula from the Formula Bar to a cell,
instead of from a cell to another cell.
Example, cell C12 contains a formula:
1. Select the formula string in the Formula Bar and press <Ctrl+C> to
copy it.
2. Leave the Formula Bar by clicking the Enter or Cancel icons to the left
of the fx on the Formula Bar.
3. Select another cell and press <Ctrl+V>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
6
Copying Formulas from a Range of Cells

without Changing the Absolute or Relative
References
¾ To copy/paste Formulas from a range of cells without changing
the Absolute or Relative references:
1. Select the range of cells containing the formulas and press <Ctrl+H>.
2. In the Find what box, type the = sign.
3. In the Replace with box, type the # symbol (to change the formulas to
text).
4. Click Replace All, and then click Close.
5. Copy and paste the cells to a new location.
6. Repeat steps 1 through 3, reversing the # and = signs (to change the
text to formulas).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
7
Chapter 1
Selecting, Displaying, Printing, &

Pasting Formulas
Displaying Formula Syntax
¾ To display the syntax of all formulas in a sheet:
Press <Ctrl+‘> (the ‘ symbol is located to the left of the number 1 on
the keyboard).
OR
From the Tools menu, select Options, the View tab, Formulas, and
then click OK.
To return to the normal display, press <Ctrl+‘> again (this keyboard
shortcut is a toggle).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
8
Regular display:
Displaying Formulas:
Displaying Both Formulas and Values for Cells

¾ To display both formulas and values for cells:
1. From the Window menu, select New Window.
2. From the Window menu, select Arrange.
3. Select the Horizontal option button and click OK.
4. Select one of the two windows and press <Ctrl+‘> (the key to the left
of the number 1).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
9
Chapter 1
To move between windows, press <Ctrl+Tab> or <Ctrl+F6>.
Selecting Cells That Contain Formulas

¾ To select cells containing Formulas in order to color, delete, or
protect, use the Go To dialog box:
1. Press <F5>.
OR
From the Edit menu, select Go To.
2. In the Go To dialog box, click Special.
3. Select Formulas, and then click OK.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
10
Pasting Values
¾ To paste the calculated value of a single formula into a cell
(thus overwriting the formula):
Press <F2> to edit and then <F9> to calculate.
¾ To paste the calculated value of a single formula into the cell

below the cell containing the formula:
Press <Ctrl+Shift+">.
¾ To paste values in a range of cells, use the Paste Special dialog

box:
1. Copy a range of cells containing formulas, press <Shift+F10> or
right-click, and then select Paste Special from the shortcut menu.
2. Select Values and click OK.
¾ Use the Paste Values Icon:
Add the Paste Values icon from the Edit category in

the Customize dialog box.
¾ New in Excel 2002 and Excel 2003

The Paste icon has been expanded,
enabling some options from the Paste
Special dialog box to be quickly accessed.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
11
Chapter 1
Adding a Comment to a Formula

¾ To add a Comment to a formula:
1. At the end of the formula, add a + (plus) sign.
2. Type the letter N, and, in parentheses, type your Comment in
quotation marks.
Example:
=CurrentAssets / CurrentLiabilities+ N("The formula returns Current
Ratio")
Printing Formula Syntax

¾ To print the formula syntax for a range of cells:
1. Display the formula syntax by pressing <Ctrl+‘> (the key to the left of
the number 1).
2. Print the desired area.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
12
Array Formulas
Understanding Arrays
For those who do not have a background in programming or
mathematics, the expression Array may not be familiar.
So what exactly is an Array?
For our purposes, an Array is simply a set of values which can be stored
in a formula, a range of cells, or the computer’s memory.
The size of an Array can range from two to thousands of values.
Using Arrays in Formulas

There are several different types of Arrays used by Excel when working
with formulas:
) An Array stored in a Worksheet in a range of cells: For example,
when the SUM function sums the values stored in range of cells, it is
treating those values as an Array.
) An Array stored in a formula:
Instead of entering cell addresses to enable a formula to operate on
the values stored in those locations, you may enter an Array of values
into the SUM function arguments: =SUM(1,2,3,4,5).
OR
Enter an Array enclosed in brackets into the formula argument. For
example, use the MATCH function to return the position of the
number 10 in an Array of values: =MATCH(10,{3,7,10,15,20}). The
result = 3
) Excel formulas create Arrays to store values:
Formulas such as SUMPRODUCT utilize computer memory to store
values temporarily while calculating complicated math problems.
These values are stored in an Array.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
13
Chapter 1
Example:
To add the total sales amount of 3 items when the quantities sold are
10, 20, and 30 and the sale prices are $3, $4, and $5 respectively, the
SUMPRODUCT formula stores each multiplication product in an
Array (Array size is 3) and then adds the three values from the Array.
The SUMPRODUCT formula: =SUMPRODUCT(A1:A3,B1:B3),
Result - total sales=$260.
) Let Excel create an Array formula:
As explained in the previous section, many formulas create Arrays
when they need to store values during calculations. However, an
Excel user may create a formula that deliberately enforces the
program to open an Array/Arrays to store values.
Example:
Use the SUM function to return total sales (see previous example).
The formula will now look like this: {=SUM(A1:A3*B1:B3)}, Result-
total sales=$260.
To apply an Array formula:
Enter the formula, select the cell, press <F2>, and then simultaneously
press <Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Using Range Names in Formulas

Range Name Syntax
Name syntax rules:
) The Name string must begin with a text character, not a number, and
consists of adjacent characters.
) Two words can be joined with an underscore (_). For example, to
enter the Name "Excel Book", you should type Excel_Book.
) You cannot use a Name that could otherwise be used as a cell
reference. For example, A1 or IS2002.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
14
Notes:
) There is no limit on the number of Names you can define.
) Be sure to define unique Names for a specific workbook. Defining
Names that resemble Names in other sheets will only complicate
your work.
Defining a Range Name

¾ To define a range Name, use one of the following two
techniques:
) Type the text directly into the Name box
1. Select cell A1.
2. In the Name box, type the text, and then press <Enter>.
) Define a Name using the Define Name dialog box
1. Select cell B1.
2. Press <Ctrl+F3>.
OR
From the Insert menu, select Name and then Define.
3. Type the text in the Names in workbook box, and then click OK.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
15
Chapter 1
Deleting a Range Name

Why it is highly recommended to delete unnecessary range Names:
) Large numbers of range Names makes it more difficult to locate a
specific Name.
) Range Names create references and unwanted links.
¾ To find unnecessary/unwanted range Names:

1. Select a cell in a new sheet.
2. Press <F3> and click Paste List. A full list of range names and their
references is pasted into the new sheet; delete each unwanted Name.
¾ To delete a range Name:

Press <Ctrl+F3>, select the Name, and then click Delete.
Using a Range Name in a Formula

¾ To use a range Name in a formula:
1. Define the following range Names for ranges B2:B11, C2:C11, and
D2:D11 respectively: Jan_2004, Feb_2004, and Mar_2004 (see the
screenshot below).
2. Select a cell and type the formula =SUM.
3. Press <Ctrl+A>.
4. Select the first argument box and press <F3>.
5. Select the Name Jan_2004, and then click OK.
6. Paste the Names Febr_2004 and Mar_2004 in the next two argument
boxes, and then click OK. The following formula has now been
inserted into the cell:
=SUM(Jan_2004, Feb_2004, Mar_2004)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
16
Auditing Formulas
Moving Between Precedent and Dependent
Cells
¾ To move to a precedent cell(s):
Select a cell containing a formula and press <Ctrl+[>.
The <Ctrl+[> shortcut is one of the most important keyboard
shortcuts, and is highly recommended.
It can trace a precedent cell(s) in the active sheet, in another sheet in the
workbook, in a sheet in another open workbook, and it can even open a
closed workbook and select the precedent cell(s) after opening.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
17
Chapter 1
¾ To Add three icons to the

Standard toolbar
Trace Precedents
Trace Dependents
Remove All Arrows
¾ To add an icon to the toolbar:

1. Right-click a toolbar and then
select Customize from the
shortcut menu.
2. Select the Commands tab, and from Categories, select Tools.
3. Drag the three icons from the Commands area to the Standard toolbar
and close the Customize dialog box.
¾ To use the Trace Precedents or Trace Dependents icons to

move between linked cells in the same sheet:
1. Type a number into cell A1 and then type the formula =A1into
cell D1.
2. Select cell D1 and click Trace Precedents. Double-click the blue
arrow between the cells to move between the precedent cell and the
dependent cell.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
18
¾ To use the Trace Precedents and Trace Dependents icons to

move between linked cells outside the sheet:
1. Insert a link formula =[Book1.xls]Sheet1!$A$1 into cell A1 in an open
workbook.
2. Select cell A1 in the new workbook and click Trace Precedents.
Double-click the dotted-line arrow to open the Go To dialog box,
select the address, and then click OK.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
19
Chapter 1
¾ To move to a precedent cell:

1. From the Tools menu, select Options.
2. Select the Edit tab, and deselect the Edit directly in cell checkbox.
3. Select a cell with a linked formula and double-click it to move to a
precedent cell.
¾ To return to the last four

selected addresses:
The Go To dialog box holds the last
four references moved to via Go To.
Press <F5> to open the Go To
dialog box (the last step is shown in
the Reference box). Check the
address and click OK.
Stepping into a Formula

(For Excel Versions 2002 & 2003)
The time spent evaluating complicated nested formulas can be enormous.
This excellent new technique will save time.
From the Tools menu, select Formula Auditing, and then Evaluate
Formula.
OR
From the Formula Auditing toolbar, click Evaluate Formula.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
20
The Evaluate Formula dialog box allows moving between the arguments
in a formula and checking the calculation result step-by-step.
Click Step In to move between arguments.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
21
Chapter 1
Tracing Errors in Formula Results

(For Excel Versions 2002 & 2003)
¾ To trace an error:
1. Select cell B1 (a cell containing an error), and click Error Checking
(the first icon on the left of the Auditing Formulas toolbar).
OR
Use the Smart Tag to open the Error Checking dialog box.
2. Click Options.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
22
Protecting Formulas
Protecting Cells Containing Formulas in a
Protected Sheet
¾ To protect cells containing Formulas, two conditions must be
met:
The cell must be locked:
Select a cell in the sheet and press <Ctrl+1>.
In the Format Cells dialog box, select the Protection tab.
Select the Locked option.
The sheet must be protected:
From the Tools menu, select Protection and then Protect Sheet.
Click OK.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
23
Chapter 1
Protecting cells containing Formulas, requires isolating the cells

containing the Formulas from the rest of the cells in the sheet, locking
them, and then protecting the sheet.
) Step 1: Cancel the locked format of all the cells in the sheet:
1. Select all cells in the sheet by pressing <Ctrl+A>.
2. Press <Ctrl+1>.
3. Select the Protection tab, and deselect the Locked option.
4. Click OK.
) Step 2: Selecting cells containing Formulas:

1. Press <F5>.
2. Click Special, and then select the Formulas option.
3. Click OK.
) Step 3: Locking cells containing

Formulas:
1. Press <Ctrl+1>.
2. Select the Protection tab, and then
select the Locked option.
3. Click OK.
) Step 4: Protecting the sheet:

1. From the Tools menu, select Protection, and then Protect Sheet.
2. Click OK (a password is optional).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
24
Protecting Cells Containing Formulas in an

Unprotected Sheet
¾ To protect cells containing Formulas in an unprotected sheet,
use Validation:
) Step 1: Selecting cells containing formulas:
1. Press <F5>.
2. Click Special, and then select the Formulas option.
3. Click OK.
) Step 2: Validation:
1. From the Data menu, select Validation.
2. Select the Settings tab, and select Custom from the Allow dropdown
list.
3. In the Formula box, type ="", and then click OK.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 10:07:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 9:16:00 AM
Text
25
Chapter 2
Chapter 2
Text
About This Chapter
This chapter provides a wide range of information on the many issues and
problems involved with the use of Text formulas. It includes the following
sections:
) Entering Text, page 27: This section covers techniques on restricting
the entry of text into a cell, restricting the number of characters that
may be entered, and preventing the entry of duplicate text.
) Combining Text, Date, & Numbers, page 30: This section deals with
formulas that combine text from different cells into one single text
value, that combine text with date values (while formatting the date)
or leading zeros, that combine every Nth cell into one single cell, and
that create new coded text.
) Text Formatting - Troubleshooting, page 36: This section contains
formulas dealing with redundant characters, hidden apostrophes, and
blank cells. Also covered are formulas erroneously appearing as text
and ways to avoid having numeric values appear as text.
) Subdividing Text, page 45: The formulas in this section deal with
mixed string & number techniques, splitting first and last names,
splitting a full address, and extracting a given number of words from a
string.
) Replacing Characters, page 50: This section covers formulas that
replace substrings with numbers while creating new strings such as a
new IP address.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
26
) Searching a String, page 55: This section contains formulas that

search strings for a matching word, find the alphabetically lowest
letter, and search for specific substring, of the desired value.
) Rearranging & Sorting Text, page 64: This section contains formulas
that reverse the words within a string and rearrange strings in
alphabetic order.
) Retrieving Cell Address, Row Number, page 66: This section deals
with formulas that find a cell address and row number.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
27
Chapter 2
Entering Text
Restricting Cell Entries to Text Only
¾ Problem:
We want to ensure that only text may be entered into the cells of column A.
¾ Solution:
Use Data Validation:
1. Select Column A.
2. Data → Data Validation → Settings → Custom
3. Enter the following formula in the Formula box:
=ISTEXT(A1)
4. Click OK.
Thus, if an entry is not text, an error message will pop up, forcing the user
to try again.
Explanation:
The ISTEXT function returns TRUE if the value in cell A1 is text and FALSE
otherwise.
The use of Data Validation prevents the user from entering values for
which the ISTEXT function returns FALSE.
To discuss the formula presented, visit: www.exceltip.com/fx-27
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
28
Restricting the Number of Characters Entered

into a Cell
¾ Problem:
Restricting the length of entries in column A to a maximum of 5
characters.
¾ Solution:
Use Data Validation:
1. Select Column A.
2. Data → Data Validation → Settings → Custom
3. Enter the following formula in the Formula box:
=LEN(A2)<6
4. Click OK.
If an entry is longer than 5 characters, an error message will pop up,
forcing the user to try again.
Explanation:
The LEN function returns the number of characters stored in cell A2.
The use of Data Validation prevents the user from entering values for
which the LEN function returns a number larger than 5.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
29
Chapter 2
Preventing Duplicates When Entering Data

¾ Problem:
We want to make it impossible to enter duplicate values in List1 (cells
A2:A10).
¾ Solution:
Use Data Validation as follows:
1. Select the range to validate (cells A2:A10)
2. Data → Data Validation → Settings
3. From the Allow dropdown list, select Custom.
4. Enter the following COUNTIF formula in the Formula box:
=COUNTIF($A$2:$A$10,A2)=1
5. Select the Error Alert tab.
6. In the Title box, enter "Duplicate Entry".
7. In the Error Message box, enter "The value you entered already
appears in the list above."
8. Click OK.
After following this procedure, any duplicate entry will cause the error
message to pop up, forcing the user to enter a different value.
Explanation:
The COUNTIF function returns the number of values in List1 (cells
A2:A10) that are equal to the one currently being entered.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
30
Data Validation prevents the acceptance of a value for which the result of
the COUNTIF function is greater than 1 (i.e. that value already exists in
List1).
Combining Text, Date, & Number

Combining Text and Formatted Numbers into
a Single Entity
¾ Problem:
Combining the data from cells A2:C2 into a single cell and ensuring that
the number in B2 is formatted as currency.
¾ Solution:
Use the TEXT function as shown in the following formula:
=A2&" "&TEXT(B2,"$#,##0")&" "&C2
To display the dollar amount in thousands, modify the second argument
in the TEXT function as follows:
=A2&" "&TEXT(B2,"$ #, K")&" "&C2
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
31
Chapter 2
Explanation:
The TEXT function formats the number stored in cell B2 as a dollar
amount ("$#,##0") and converts it to text.
That text is then joined with the contents of cells A2 and C2 to create a
single string.
Combining Text and a Formatted Date into a

Single Entity
¾ Problem:
Combining the text in cell A2 with the date in cell B2 to form a single text
value in cell C2.
¾ Solution:
=A2&" "&TEXT(B2,"mm/dd/yyyy")
Explanation:
The TEXT function formats the date in cell B2 as "mm/dd/yyyy" and
converts it to text.
That text is then joined with the contents of cell A2 to create a single
string.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
32
Combining Numbers that Have Leading Zeros

¾ Problem:
Column A (List1) is formatted to display a leading zero before each
number. That is, "1" is displayed as "01", "2" as "02", and so on.
The following formula was created to concatenate the numbers from List1
into one string:
=A2&A3&A4&A5
However, an incorrect result of "1234" is returned.
How can we modify the formula to honor the leading zeros?
¾ Solution:
=TEXT(A2,"00")&TEXT(A3,"00")&TEXT(A4,"00")&TEXT(A5,"00")
Explanation:
The TEXT function formats each of the numbers in List1 as "00" and
converts them to text.
The values returned by each of the TEXT functions are then joined into a
single string.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
33
Chapter 2
Combining the Contents of Every N Number of

Cells into One Value
¾ Problem:
Column A contains an imported list of addresses; however, each address
has been distributed over 4 cells.
Therefore, we want to combine the contents of each block of four cells so
that the addresses will appear as complete entities.
¾ Solution:
Use the IF, MOD, and ROW functions as shown in the following formula:
=IF(MOD(ROW()-ROW($A$2),4)=0, A2&" "&A3&" "&A4&" "&A5," ")
Enter the formula in cell B2 and then copy it down the column until all
the addresses in column A are recombined.
Explanation:
The ROW functions are used to calculate the row number of each cell
within the address list.
The MOD function divides that row number by 4 and returns the remainder.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
34
If the remainder is 0, the value in column A is the first line of one of the
addresses and the IF function returns a string consisting of the text stored
in that cell and the three cells below it.
If the remainder is not 0, the formula returns a blank cell.
Encoding a Sequence of Letters

¾ Problem:
Column A contains a series of letters, column B contains matching codes
for each letter.
We want to create new strings composed of the codes matching each of
the letter strings shown in column D.
¾ Solution:
Use the VLOOKUP and MID functions as shown in the following
formula:
=VLOOKUP(MID(D2,1,1),$A$2:$B$7,2,FALSE)&"
"&VLOOKUP(MID(D2,2,1),$A$2:$B$7,2,FALSE)&"
"&VLOOKUP(MID(D2,3,1),$A$2:$B$7,2,FALSE)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
35
Chapter 2
Explanation:
The MID function used in the first VLOOKUP function extracts the first
character in cell D2.
The VLOOKUP function looks for that character in the first column of
range A2:B7, and returns the corresponding value from the second
column. Thus, the code matching the first character in cell D2 is returned.
Similarly, the second and third VLOOKUP functions return the codes
matching the second and third characters in cell D2.
The results of all three VLOOKUP functions are joined into a single string
with spaces separating them.
Combining Text and Numerically Calculated

Results into One Output String
¾ Problem:
We want to calculate the reduced price corresponding to each full price
in column A.
The result is to be included in the following output string: "Reduced price
is $XX.XX".
Price reductions are calculated as follows:
80% of full price for prices over $80.
90% of full price for all other prices.
¾ Solution:
Use the CONCATENATE, TEXT, and IF functions as shown in the
following formula:
= CONCATENATE("Reduced price is",
TEXT(IF(A2>80,80%*A2,90%*A2),"$00.00"))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
36
Explanation:
The IF function determines whether or not the full price in cell A2 is
greater than $80.
If so, it returns 80% of that price. Otherwise, it returns 90 %.
The TEXT function formats the number returned by the IF function as
currency ("$00.00") and converts it to text.
Finally, the CONCATENATE function joins the text "Reduced price is"
with the result of the TEXT function.
Thus, a string is returned displaying the reduced price that matches the
full price in cell A2.
Text Formatting – Troubleshooting

Formulas Erroneously Appearing as Text
¾ Problem:
Column B displays the text of the entered formulas, rather than their
results.
¾ Solution:
Column B was probably formatted as text prior to the formulas being
entered.
In order for the formulas to return their correct results do the following:
1. Select all the formulas.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
37
Chapter 2
2. Set the format of their cells to "General" or "Number".

3. Select the formulas again.
4. Press <Ctrl+Shift+~>
5. Press <F2> and then Enter for each of the selected formulas.
Avoiding Problems when Numeric Values are

used as Text
¾ Problem:
The following formula in column B was designed to return "5" for all the
numbers in List1 (column A) that are greater than or equal to 5, and "2"
for all the numbers that are less than 5.
=IF(A2>=5,"5","2")
This appears successful, however, when the following SUM formula is
used to provide a total of the results in column B, an incorrect result of "0"
is returned:
=SUM(B2:B8)
¾ Solution:
The numbers "5" and "2", returned by the IF function in column B, are
actually text values because they are entered within double quotes.
Hence, column B contains text values, not numbers.
As the SUM function operates on numeric values only, there are no
numbers in column B to add up, and therefore, it returns 0.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
38
To solve the problem, we must convert the text values in column B to

numbers in one of the following ways:
1. Modify the IF function in column B to return numbers by removing
the double quotes from "5" and "2", as follows:
=IF(A2>=5,5,2)
2. Use the SUM and VALUE functions to convert the text values in
column B to numbers, using one the following Array formulas:
{=SUM(--B2:B8)}
{=SUM(VALUE(B2:B8))}
) To apply Array formula:

Select the cell, press <F2> and simultaneously press
<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
39
Chapter 2
Adjusting a Formula to Return a Blank, Rather

than a Zero, When Operating on Empty Cells
¾ Problem:
List1 (column A) includes numbers as well as blank cells.
When using the following formula to multiply each number in List1 by 3:
=IF(ISBLANK(A2),,A2*3)
Zeros are returned for all empty cells.
We want to adjust the formula so that blanks are returned for all empty
cells in List1.
¾ Solution:
Use two quote marks (""), as
shown in the adjusted formula
below, to indicate that a blank
should be returned:
=IF(ISBLANK(A2),"",A2*3)
Explanation:
The ISBLANK function determines whether or not the value in cell A2 is
blank and returns TRUE/FALSE accordingly.
If TRUE is returned, the IF function returns a blank (""). Otherwise, it
returns the value stored in A2 multiplied by 3.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
40
Checking Whether Cells in a Range are Blank,

and Counting the Blank Cells
¾ Problem:
Checking whether or not each of the cells in List1 (column A) is blank,
and Counting the Blank Cells.
¾ Solution:
Use either of the following formulas in column B:
=IF(ISBLANK(A2),"",A2)
=IF(A2="","",A2)
Either formula will return the corresponding value from column A only if
the cell is not blank.
Use the COUNTBLANK function, as shown in the following formula, to
count the number of blank cells in List1:
=COUNTBLANK(A2:A7)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
41
Chapter 2
Explanation:
) ISBLANK Formula:
The ISBLANK function determines whether or not the value in cell A2
is blank and returns TRUE/FALSE accordingly.
If TRUE is returned, the IF function returns a blank (""). Otherwise, it
returns the value stored in cell A2.
) COUNTBLANK Formula:
The COUNTBLANK function counts the number of blank cells within
the range A2:A7.
Creating Formulas that Only Return Results

from Non-Blank Cells
¾ Problem:
We want to create a formula that only returns a result from the non-blank
cells in List1.
¾ Solution:
Use the ISBLANK function as shown in the following formula:
=IF(ISBLANK(A2)=FALSE,A2,"")
To return text values only, use the ISTEXT function as shown in the
following formula:
=IF(ISTEXT(A2),A2,"")
To return numeric values only, use the ISNUMBER function as shown in
the following formula:
=IF(ISNUMBER(A2),A2,"")
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
42
Explanation:
) ISBLANK Formula:
The ISBLANK function determines whether or not the value in cell A2
is blank and returns TRUE/FALSE accordingly.
If the result of the ISBLANK function is FALSE, the IF function returns
the value stored in cell A2. Otherwise, it returns a blank.
Thus, the corresponding value in cell A2 is returned only if it’s not
blank.
) ISTEXT Formula:
The ISTEXT function determines whether or not the value in cell A2 is
text and returns TRUE/FALSE accordingly.
If TRUE is returned, the IF function returns the value stored in cell A2.
Otherwise, it returns a blank.
Thus, the corresponding value in cell A2 is returned only if it’s a text
value.
) ISNUMBER Formula:
The ISNUMBER function determines whether or not the value in cell
A2 is numeric and returns TRUE/FALSE accordingly.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
43
Chapter 2
If TRUE is returned, the IF function returns the value stored in cell A2.
Otherwise, it returns a blank.
Thus, the corresponding value in cell A2 is returned only if it’s a
number.
Removing Redundant Characters from a Range

of Cells and Resetting the Format
¾ Problem:
The text values in the range A2:A5 contain redundant parentheses.
We want to create a formula that will remove the parentheses and set the
format of the cells to "general".
¾ Solution:
Use the TEXT, TRIM, and SUBSTITUTE functions as shown in the
following formula:
=TEXT(TRIM(SUBSTITUTE(SUBSTITUTE(A2,")",""),"(","")),"General").
Explanation:
The nested SUBSTITUTE function returns the text in cell A2 after having
replaced the parentheses with nothing.
The TRIM function removes any redundant spaces from the text returned
by the SUBSTITUTE function.
The TEXT function sets the format of the string returned by the TRIM
function to "General".
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
44
Removing Hidden Apostrophes from Imported

Numbers
¾ Problem:
Column B contains an imported list of numbers.
All the numbers include a leading apostrophe.
Excel interprets such values as text. They are unable to be formatted as
currency, nor can they be used in calculations such as SUM and
AVERAGE.
We, therefore, want to remove the apostrophe from each of the values in
column B and convert them to normal numbers.
¾ Solution:
Use the VALUE function as shown in the following formula:
=VALUE(B2)
Explanation:
The VALUE function converts the contents of cell B2 to a number.
Thus removing the apostrophe from the original value.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
45
Chapter 2
Subdividing Text
Subdividing a Mixed String into Separate Cells
Containing only Numbers or Characters
¾ Problem:
The strings in column A can be composed of both numbers and
characters; however, the numbers may only appear at the beginning of
the string and the characters at the end.
We want to separate the strings into two columns, one containing only
numbers and the other containing characters.
¾ Solution:
Use the LEFT, MAX, IF, ISNUMBER, MID, INDIRECT, and ROW
functions as shown in the following Array formula entered in column B:
{=LEFT(A2,MAX(IF(ISNUMBER(--
MID(A2,ROW(INDIRECT("1:1024")),1)),ROW(INDIRECT("1:1024")))))}
Then use the SUBSTITUTE function as shown in the following formula
entered in column C:
=SUBSTITUTE(A2,B2,"")

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
46
Explanation:
) Extracting Numbers:
The ROW, INDIRECT, and MID functions are used to create an Array
consisting of each of the characters in the string stored in cell A2.
The IF function returns an Array containing the position of each
numeric character in the above Array (using the ISNUMBER function).
The MAX function returns the maximal value in that Array (i.e. the
position of the last number in the string).
The LEFT function extracts the leftmost characters from cell A2 up to
the position returned by the MAX function, i.e. the numeric portion of
the string.
) Extracting Text:
The SUBSTITUTE function searches cell A2 for the text stored in cell
B2 (the numeric part of cell A2 returned by the first formula), and
replaces it with nothing.
Thus, only the character portion of the original string is returned.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
47
Chapter 2
Splitting a Full Address into Three Separate

Cells
¾ Problem:
Separating the addresses shown in column A into three columns, one
each for City, State, and Zip Code.
¾ Solution:
Use the LEFT, MID, RIGHT, and FIND functions as shown in the
following formulas:
To extract the City: =LEFT(A2,FIND(",",A2)-1)
To extract the State: =MID(A2,FIND(",",A2)+2,2)
To extract the Zip code: =RIGHT(A2,5)
Explanation:
) City Formula:
The FIND function returns the position of the comma within the string
stored in cell A2.
The LEFT function extracts the leftmost characters up to the character
to the left of the comma (the position returned by the FIND function
minus 1), i.e. the City part of the address.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
48
) State Formula:
The FIND function returns the position of the comma within the string
stored in cell A2.
The MID function returns the two characters to the right the comma
(the position returned by the FIND function plus 2), i.e. the State part
of the address.
) Zip Code Formula:
The RIGHT function extracts the 5 rightmost characters of the string
stored in cell A2, i.e. the Zip Code.
Separating First and Last Names

¾ Problem:
Separating the full names in column A into first and last names in
columns B and C.
¾ Solution:
To retrieve the first name use the LEFT and FIND functions as shown in
=LEFT(A2,FIND(" ",A2))
To retrieve the last name use the RIGHT, LEN, and FIND functions as
shown in the following formula:
=RIGHT(A2,LEN(A2)-FIND(" ",A2))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
49
Chapter 2
Explanation:
) First Name Formula:
The FIND function returns the position of the space within the full
name stored in cell A2.
The LEFT function extracts the leftmost characters up to the position
returned by the FIND function, i.e. the first name.
) Last Name Formula:
The FIND function returns the position of the space within the full
name stored in cell A2.
The LEN function returns the number of characters in the full name.
The number of characters to the right of the space (i.e. the number of
characters in the last name) is calculated by subtracting the number
that represents the position of the space (returned by the FIND
function) from the length of the name (returned by the LEN function).
The RIGHT function extracts as many characters as calculated above,
starting at the rightmost character, i.e. the last name.
Extracting the First N Number of Words from a

String
¾ Problem:
Extracting the first three words from each of the strings in column A.
¾ Solution:
Use the TRIM, LEFT, FIND, and SUBSTITUTE functions as shown in the
following formula:
=TRIM(LEFT(A2,FIND("^",SUBSTITUTE(TRIM(A2)&" "," ","^",3))-1))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
50
Explanation:
The following expression removes any redundant spaces from the text in
cell A2, and adds a space at the end of it: TRIM(A2)&" "
The SUBSTITUTE function returns the string created above after having its
3rd space replaced by the "^" symbol.
The FIND function returns the position of the "^" sign within that string.
The LEFT function extracts the leftmost characters in the string up to the
"^" sign (the position returned by the FIND function minus 1), i.e. the first
three words.
The TRIM function removes any redundant spaces from the text returned
by the LEFT function.
Replacing Characters
Creating New IP Addresses
¾ Problem:
Creating new IP addresses composed of the first three original segments
coupled with the last original segment multiplied by two.
¾ Solution:
Use the LEFT, FIND, and MID functions as shown in the following
formula:
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
51
Chapter 2
=(LEFT(A2,FIND(".",A2,FIND(".",A2,FIND(".",A2)+1)+1)))&(MID(A2,
FIND(".",A2,FIND(".",A2,FIND(".",A2)+1)+1)+1,99)*2)
Explanation:
The nested FIND functions are used to calculate the position of the last "."
in the IP address stored in cell A2.
The LEFT function extracts all the characters to the left of that position
(i.e. the first three segments of the address).
The MID function extracts 99 characters starting with the position
calculated by the FIND function plus 1 (i.e. the last segment in the
address).
Finally, the last segment is multiplied by 2 and joined with the first three
segments of the original address.
Converting Numbers with Trailing Minus Signs

to Normal Negative Numbers
¾ Problem:
Column A contains an imported list of positive and negative numbers.
For negative numbers, the minus sign appears to the right, rather than to
the left.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
52
We want to convert all the numbers with trailing minus signs to normally-
signed negative numbers.
¾ Solution:
1. Use the RIGHT and SUBSTITUTE functions as shown in the following
formula in column B:
=IF(RIGHT(A2,1)="-",SUBSTITUTE(A2,"-","")*-1,A2)
2. Use the VALUE, IF, RIGHT, LEFT, and LEN functions as shown in the
following formula in column C:
=VALUE(IF(RIGHT(A2,1)="-",RIGHT(A2,1)&LEFT(A2,LEN(A2)-1),A2))
Explanation:
) First Formula:
The RIGHT function extracts the rightmost character of the value in
cell A2.
If that character is a minus sign, the IF function returns the result of
the following expression:
SUBSTITUTE(A2,"-",")*-1
The SUBSTITUTE function replaces the minus sign in cell A2 with
nothing. The value is then multiplied by -1, to create the proper
negative number.
If the rightmost character from cell A2 is not a minus sign, the IF
function returns the original value.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
53
Chapter 2
) Second Formula:
The RIGHT function extracts the rightmost character from cell A2.
If that character is a minus sign, the IF function returns a string
composed of that minus sign and the rest of the characters in cell A2,
extracted by the LEFT function (based on the string’s length,
calculated by the LEN function).
If the rightmost character from cell A2 is not a minus sign, the IF
function returns the original value.
The VALUE function converts the text returned by the IF function to a
number.
Replacing Substrings with Numbers from

Adjacent Cells
¾ Problem:
Replacing the "XX" substring in each of the strings in column A with the
corresponding number from column B.
¾ Solution:
formula:
=LEFT(A2,FIND("XX",A2)-1)&B2&MID(A2,FIND("XX",A2)+2,255)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
54
Explanation:
The LEFT function extracts the leftmost characters in cell A2 up to the
"XX" substring (based on its position within cell A2 calculated by the
FIND function).
The MID function extracts 255 characters from cell A2, starting one
character after the "XX" substring (the position calculated by the FIND
function plus 2).
The text returned by the LEFT and MID functions is concatenated on
either side of the number in cell B2, thus creating a new string in which
"XX" has been replaced.
Performing Numeric Operations on Substrings

¾ Problem:
Column A contains a list of strings that are composed of two numbers
separated by a "/" symbol.
We want to add 10 to the left number of each string.
¾ Solution:
formula:
=LEFT(A2,FIND("/",A2)-1)+10&MID(A2,FIND("/",A2),255)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
55
Chapter 2
Explanation:
The FIND function returns the position of the "/" symbol within the string
in cell A2.
The LEFT function extracts the leftmost characters up to the calculated
position minus 1 (i.e. the first number).
The MID function, in combination with the FIND function, extracts the
remaining characters of the string in cell A2 (i.e. the "/" symbol and the
right number).
Finally, the left number has 10 added to it and is then joined with the rest
of the original string.
Searching a String
Searching a String for a Matching Word from
another String
¾ Problem:
Determining whether the first word from each string in column A appears
within the corresponding string in the same row of column B.
¾ Solution:
Use the IF, ISNUMBER, FIND, and LEFT functions as shown in the
following formula:
=IF(ISNUMBER(FIND(LEFT(A2,FIND(" ",A2)-1),B2)),"1st Word Found","1st
Word Not Found")
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
56
Explanation:
The second FIND function returns the position of the first space in the
string stored in cell A2.
The LEFT function extracts the leftmost characters in that string up to the
calculated position minus 1 (i.e. the first word from cell A2).
The first FIND function returns the position of that first word within the
string stored in cell B2.
If the word is not found within that string, the function returns an error.
The ISNUMBER function determines whether or not the result of the
FIND function is a number (i.e. whether or not the word was found).
If the ISNUMBER function returns TRUE, the IF function returns the string
"1st Word Found". Otherwise, it returns the string "1st Word Not Found".
Find the Alphabetically Lowest Letter in a List

¾ Problem:
When the following formula is used to find the alphabetically lowest
letter in List1 (column A):
=CHAR(SMALL(CODE(A2:A6),1))
An incorrect result of "z" is returned.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
57
Chapter 2
¾ Solution:
Use the CHAR, SMALL, and CODE functions as shown in the following
Array formula:
{=CHAR(SMALL(CODE(A2:A6),1))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The CODE function returns an Array containing the numeric code (ASCII)
for each letter in column A.
The SMALL function returns the smallest number in that Array, which is
the ASCII code of the alphabetically lowest letter in List1.
The CHAR function returns the character specified by that particular
ASCII code.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
58
Identifying Numeric Values within a Range

Formatted as Text
¾ Problem:
Column A contains both numeric and text values, however, all values are
formatted as text.
We want to determine which of the values are actually text (i.e. consist of
alphabetic characters) and which are only formatted as text, but are in
fact numeric.
¾ Solution:
Use the IF and ISERROR functions as shown in the following formula:
=IF(ISERROR(A2+0),"Text","Number")
Explanation:
The above formula is based on the assumption that performing a
calculation on a text value would result in an error.
Therefore, the value stored in A2 has a 0 added to it.
The ISERROR function determines whether or not the calculation results
in an error and returns TRUE/FALSE accordingly.
If TRUE is returned, the IF function returns the string "Text". Otherwise, it
returns the string "Number".
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
59
Chapter 2
Identifying the Case of Letters within Strings

¾ Problem:
Determining whether each of the names in List1 (column A) are
exclusively upper case, exclusively lower case, or a combination of both.
¾ Solution:
Use the IF, EXACT, UPPER, and LOWER functions as shown in the
following formula:
=IF(EXACT(A2,UPPER(A2)),"Upper
Case",IF(EXACT(A2,LOWER(A2)),"Lower Case","Upper and Lower Case"))
Explanation:
The UPPER function converts the name in cell A2 to uppercase.
The EXACT function determines whether or not the original name in cell
A2 and the name returned by the UPPER function are identical, and
returns TRUE/FALSE accordingly.
If TRUE is returned, the IF function returns the string "Upper Case".
Otherwise, it returns the result of the second IF function:
The LOWER function converts the name in cell A2 to lowercase.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
60
The EXACT function determines whether or not the original name in cell
A2 and the name returned by the LOWER function are identical, and
returns TRUE/FALSE accordingly.
If TRUE is returned, the IF function returns the string "Lower Case".
Otherwise, it returns the string "Upper and Lower Case".
Finding the Relative Position of Numbers within

a String
¾ Problem:
List1 (column A) consists of strings composed of numbers and characters.
Numbers may appear at the beginning or the end of the string, but not in
the middle.
For each of the strings, we want to determine whether the numbers
appear at the beginning or the end.
¾ Solution:
Use the ISNUMBER, RIGHT, and LEFT functions as shown in the
following formula:
=IF(ISNUMBER(-RIGHT(A2,1)),"End",IF(ISNUMBER(-
LEFT(A2,1)),"Beginning"))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
61
Chapter 2
Explanation:
The RIGHT function extracts the rightmost character of the string stored in
cell A2.
The "-" sign then converts that character, if representing a number, to a
negative number.
If that character does not represent a number, that conversion will result
in an error.
above conversion is a number (whether or not the rightmost character of
cell A2 represents a number).
If it does, the IF function returns the string "End".
Otherwise, the leftmost character of the string (extracted by the LEFT
function) is checked to see if it is a number (using the "-" sign to convert it
to a negative number and the ISNUMBER function determine whether or
not the result of that conversion is numeric). If so, the IF function returns
the string "Beginning".
Searching a String for a Specific Substring

¾ Problem:
Checking whether each of the substrings in column A exist in the
corresponding strings from the same row of column B.
¾ Solution:
For case sensitive results: Use the ISNUMBER and FIND functions as
=ISNUMBER(FIND(A2,B2))
For case insensitive results: use the SEARCH and LEN functions as shown
in the following formula:
=SEARCH(A2,B2&A2)<LEN(B2)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
62
Explanation:
) Case Sensitive Formula:
The FIND function retrieves the position of the string to find (cell A2)
within the corresponding string in cell B2.
If the string is not found within cell B2, the formula returns an error.
FIND function is a number (i.e. whether or not the string was found),
and returns TRUE/FALSE accordingly.
As the FIND function is case sensitive, this formula returns case
sensitive results.
) Case Insensitive Formula:
The SEARCH function retrieves the position of the string to find (cell
A2) within a string combining cells B2 and A2.
If that number is smaller than the length of the string in B2 (calculated
by the LEN function), the formula returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns
FALSE.
As the SEARCH function is case insensitive, this formula returns case
insensitive results.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
63
Chapter 2
Determining Long Distance Phone Calls, Based

on the Number Dialed
¾ Problem:
Column A lists the numbers dialed for all phone calls made on a
particular day.
All numbers starting with "1", except for those starting with "1800", are for
long distance calls
We want to analyze each number in column A and determine whether or
not it was used for a long distance call.
¾ Solution:
Use the IF, AND, LEFT, and MID functions as shown in the following
formula:
=IF(AND(LEFT(A2,1)="1", MID(A2,2,3)<>"800"),"Long Distance", "Not
Long Distance")
Explanation:
The LEFT function extracts the leftmost character in cell A2 (i.e. the first
digit of the dialed number).
The MID function extracts the three characters starting in the second
character in cell A2.
If the first digit extracted is equal to "1" and the next three digits extracted are
not equal to "800", the AND function returns TRUE. Else, it returns FALSE.
The IF function returns "Long Distance" for TRUE or "Not Long Distance"
for FALSE.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
64
Rearranging & Sorting Text

Rearranging a String in Alphabetic Order
¾ Problem:
The cells in column A contain 3-letter strings.
We want to rearrange each string so that its characters are sorted in
alphabetic order.
¾ Solution:
Use the CHAR, SMALL, CODE, and MID functions as shown in the
following formula:
=CHAR(SMALL(CODE(MID(A2,{1,2,3},1)),1))&CHAR(SMALL(CODE(MID(
A2,{1,2,3},2)),2))&CHAR(SMALL(CODE(MID(A2,{1,2,3},3)),3))
Explanation:
The MID function in the first CHAR function returns an Array consisting
of each of the three characters in cell A2.
The CODE function returns an Array containing a numeric code (ASCII)
for each of those characters.
The SMALL function returns the smallest code in that Array (i.e. the ASCII
code corresponding with the alphabetically lowest letter).
The CHAR function returns the character specified by that particular
code, which, in this case, is alphabetically the lowest letter in cell A2.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
65
Chapter 2
Similarly, the second and third CHAR functions return the second and the
third lowest letters in cell A2.
Finally, the letters returned by all the CHAR functions are joined into a
single sorted string.
Reversing the Word Order within a String

¾ Problem:
Reversing the order of words in each of the two-word strings in column A.
¾ Solution:
Use the RIGHT, LEN, FIND, and LEFT functions as shown in the
following formula:
=RIGHT(A2,LEN(A2)-FIND(" ",A2))&" "&LEFT(A2,FIND(" ",A2)-1)
Explanation:
In order to calculate how many characters are contained in the second
word, the position of the space is calculated by the FIND function and
this is subtracted from the string’s length (returned by the LEN function).
To extract the second word, the RIGHT function extracts as many
characters as was calculated above from the right end of the string.
Based on the position calculated by the FIND function, the LEFT function
extracts all characters to the left of the space, i.e. the first word in the
string.
Finally, the second word and the first word are joined together and
separated with a space.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
66
Retrieving Cell Address, Row

Number
Retrieving the Cell Address of the Largest
Value in a Range
¾ Problem:
Retrieving the address of the cell that contains the largest value within
Range1 (A2:D7).
¾ Solution:
Use the ADDRESS, SUM, IF, MAX, ROW, and COLUMN functions as
shown in the following Array formula:
{=ADDRESS(SUM(IF(A2:D7=MAX(A2:D7),ROW(A2:D7))),SUM(IF(A2:D7
=MAX(A2:D7),COLUMN(A2:D7))))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
67
Chapter 2
Explanation:
The first IF function determines whether or not a given value in Range1 is
equal to the maximum for that range (calculated by the MAX function).
It returns an Array containing the row number (calculated by the ROW
function) of the value in Range1 that matches the maximum value, and a
"FALSE" for every other value in Range1.
The first SUM function adds the values in that Array, thus returning the
row number of the maximum value in Range1.
Similarly, the second SUM function returns the column number
(calculated by the IF and COLUMN functions) of the maximum value in
Range1.
Finally, the ADDRESS function returns a text value, representing the cell
reference indicated by the row and column numbers returned by the two
SUM functions.
Retrieving Each Row Number that Corresponds

with Successful Matches in a Look Up
¾ Problem:
We want to search List1 (column A) for the value stored in cell B2 and
retrieve the row numbers that correspond with every successful match.
¾ Solution:
Use the SMALL, IF, and ROW functions as shown in the following Array
formula:
{=SMALL(IF($A$2:$A$8=$B$2,ROW($A$2:$A$8),99999),ROW()-
ROW($B$2)+1)}
Copy the formula down column C until 99999 is returned, which
indicates that no further matches were found.

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
68
Explanation:
The IF function determines whether or not a given value in column A
matches the lookup value in cell B2.
It returns an Array consisting of the row number (calculated by the ROW
function) of every matching value and the number "99999" for every non-
matching value.
The ROW functions, used as the Kth argument of the SMALL function,
return the position of the current cell within the result column (C).
The SMALL function returns the Kth smallest number in the Array
returned by the IF function.
Thus, the smallest number in the Array (the row number of the first match)
is returned into cell C2, the second smallest number in the Array (the row
number of the second match) into cell C3, and so on.
Retrieving the Row Number that Corresponds

with a Matched Value in a Look Up
¾ Problem:
We want to search List1 (column A) for each of the letters in column C
and retrieve the corresponding row number.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Text
69
Chapter 2
¾ Solution:
Use the MAX, IF, and ROW functions as shown in the following Array
formula:
{=MAX(IF($A$2:$A$15=C2,ROW($A$2:$A$15)))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The IF function determines whether or not a given value in column A
matches the letter in cell C2.
It returns an Array containing the row number (calculated by the ROW
function) of the successful match, and a "FALSE" for each of the other
values in column A.
The MAX function returns the largest number in that Array, i.e. the row
number of the matching letter from column A.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
70
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:50:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:08:00 AM
Date & Time
71
Chapter 3
Chapter 3
Date & Time
About This Chapter
This chapter deals with many of the issues and problems that may be
encountered when using Date & Time formulas. It includes the following
sections:
) Date, page 72: This section covers techniques on entering dates
quickly into a cell and calculating the difference between dates by
day, month, quarter, and year. You will also learn how to calculate
the last day of a given month, a project end, a payment due date, and
more.
) Time, page 102: This section deals with techniques on entering time
values quickly, adding and subtracting times, converting times to
decimal values, calculating military time, calculating by time zone,
rounding time values, and more.
) Date & Time, page 125: This section contains formulas dealing with
dates & time, such as date & time stamps, converting date & time
from GMT to CST, separating date & time, and more.
) Wages, Shifts & Time Worked, page 135: This section covers
formulas on date & time that are used to calculate time sheets,
employee hours worked, shifts, sick leave, pay days, and more.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
72
Date
Entering Dates Quickly
¾ Problem:
Entering dates quickly, without having to use delimiters to separate
month, day, and year.
¾ Solution 1:
Enter only the "day" part of the date and complete it by using the DATE,
YEAR, TODAY, and MONTH functions in the following formula:
=DATE(YEAR(TODAY()),MONTH(TODAY()),A2)
Thus, on entering "5", the formula will automatically create a date
representing the 5th of the current month in the current year.
¾ Solution 2:
Enter the entire date, without delimiters, and use the DATEVALUE, LEFT,
MID, and RIGHT functions as shown in the following formula to convert
it to a proper date:
=DATEVALUE(LEFT(D2,2)&"/"&MID(D2,3,2)&"/"&RIGHT(D2,2))
Thus, on entering "060705", the above formula will return "06/07/05".
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
73
Chapter 3
Calculating Number of Days, Weeks, Months

and Years between Dates
¾ Problem:
Calculating the difference between each pair of dates listed in columns
A & B.
¾ Solution:
To calculate the difference in days, use the DATEDIF function as
=DATEDIF(A2,B2,"d")
To calculate the difference in weeks, use the INT function as shown
=INT((B2-A2)/7)
To calculate the difference in months, use the DATEDIF function as
=DATEDIF(A2,B2,"m")
To calculate the difference in years, use one of the following two
solutions:
Use the DATEDIF function as shown in the following formula:
=DATEDIF(A2,B2,"y")
OR
Use the YEAR, MONTH, AND, and DAY functions as shown in the
following formula:
=YEAR(B2)-YEAR(A2)-(MONTH(B2)<MONTH(A2))-
(AND(MONTH(B2)=MONTH(A2),DAY(B2)<DAY(A2)))
To calculate the number of months over years, use the DATEDIF
function as shown in the following formula:
=DATEDIF(A2,B2,"ym")
To calculate the number of days over years, use the DATEDIF
function as shown in the following formula:
=DATEDIF(A2,B2,"yd")
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
74
Calculating a Date Based on Year, Week

Number and Day of the Week
¾ Problem:
Calculating a date using the relevant numbers for day of the week, week
number, and year number.
¾ Solution:
Use the DATE and WEEKDAY functions as shown in the following
formula:
=DATE(C2,1,3)-WEEKDAY(DATE(C2,1,3),1)+7*(B2-1)+A2
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
75
Chapter 3
Explanation:
The DATE function returns the date of January 3rd, for the year listed in
cell C2.
The WEEKDAY function returns the day of the week (1-7) that
corresponds with that date.
The number returned by the WEEKDAY function, representing a number
of days, is subtracted from the date calculated by the DATE function.
To that date is added the number of days that result from the following
calculation (based on the day of the week and week number listed in
cells A2:B2):
7*(B2-1)+A2
The result is the date that corresponds to the year, week number, and day
of the week listed in cells A2:C2.
Finding the Last Day of a Given Month

¾ Problem:
Calculating the date at the end of the current month, as well as the date at
the end of each month (serial number) listed in column A.
¾ Solution:
To calculate the date at the end of the current month, use the
EOMONTH and TODAY functions as shown in the following
formula:
=EOMONTH(TODAY(),0)
To calculate the date at the end of next month, use the EOMONTH
and TODAY functions as shown in the following formula:
=EOMONTH(TODAY(),1)
To calculate the date at the end of each month listed in column A,
use the DATE function as shown in the following formula:
=DATE(2005,A2+1,0)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
76
Explanation:
) End of Current Month Formula (cell D5)
The TODAY() function returns today’s date.
The EOMONTH function calculates the date 0 months after the date
returned by the TODAY function, and returns the last day of the
month for that date.
Thus, it returns the last day of the current month.
) End of Next Month Formula (cell D8)
The EOMONTH function calculates the date 1 month after the date
returned by the TODAY function, and returns the last day of the
month for that date.
Thus, it returns the last day of the next month.
) DATE Formula (column B)
The DATE function calculates the date on day number 0 of the month
following the month listed in cell A2 (A2+1), for the year 2005.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
77
Chapter 3
As day number 0 indicates the last day of the previous month, the
DATE function returns the date of the last day of the month specified
in cell A2.
Analysis ToolPak Add-In:

The EOMONTH function is included in the Analysis ToolPak Add-In.
To install the Analysis ToolPak Add-in: Select Tools → Add-Ins →
Analysis ToolPak, Click OK.
Calculating the Number of Business Days in a

Specified Period
¾ Problem:
Calculating the number of business days between the dates entered in
cells A2 & B2.
¾ Solution:
Use the NETWORKDAYS function as shown in the following formula:
=NETWORKDAYS(A2,B2)
Explanation:
The NETWORKDAYS function returns the number of whole workdays
between the dates entered in cells A2 and B2.

The NETWORKDAYS function is included in the Analysis ToolPak
Add-In. To install the Analysis ToolPak Add-in: Select Tools → Add-Ins
→ Analysis ToolPak, Click OK.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
78
Calculating a Project's End Date

¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain the start date of various projects and the number
of hours required for each project’s completion.
We want to calculate each project’s end date, based on the number of
required hours, a specified number of daily working hours (cell C2), and
the assumption that work is only done on weekdays.
¾ Solution:
Use the WORKDAY and ROUNDUP functions as shown in the following
formula:
=WORKDAY(A2,ROUNDUP(B2/$C$2,0))
Explanation:
The number of required hours (cell B2) is divided by the number of daily
working hours (cell C2) and the ROUNDUP function rounds the result up
to the nearest integer (0 decimal places). Thus, it returns the number of
workdays required to complete the project.
The WORKDAY function calculates the date that is the number of
workdays after the project’s start date (cell A2) as was calculated by the
ROUNDUP function.
Thus, it returns the end date for the project in cells A2:B2.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
79
Chapter 3

The WORKDAY function is included in the Analysis ToolPak Add-In.
Calculating a Required Date According to Two

Criteria
¾ Problem:
Columns B & C contain test dates and paper deadlines for each of the
subjects listed in column A.
A test requires 3 days of preparation and a paper requires 5 days.
For each subject, we want to calculate the earliest date required to start
preparing for either a test or a paper.
¾ Solution:
Use the MIN and IF functions as shown in the following formula:
=MIN(IF(B2<>"",B2-3,C2-5),IF(C2<>"",C2-5,B2-3))
Explanation:
The first IF function determines whether or not cell B2 is blank. If it isn’t,
it subtracts 3 days from the test date stored in cell B2 and returns the
result. Otherwise, it subtracts 5 days from the paper deadline stored in
cell C2 and returns the result.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
80
The second IF function determines whether or not cell C2 is blank. If it

isn’t, it subtracts 5 days from the paper deadline stored in cell C2 and
returns the result. Otherwise, it subtracts 3 days from the test date stored
in cell B2 and returns the result.
The MIN function returns the minimum date returned by the two IF
functions.
Thus, it returns the earliest date required to start preparing for either a test
or a paper.
Indicating Due Payments, Based on the

Current Date
¾ Problem:
Column B contains the date of the last payment made by each of the
clients listed in column A.
Payments are to be collected from each client every two weeks.
We want to indicate which clients have payments due today, based on
the number of days since their last payment.
¾ Solution:
Use the IF, MOD, and TODAY functions as shown in the following
formula:
=IF(MOD(TODAY()-B2,14)=0,"Pay Today","")
Thus, the string "Pay Today" will appear next to each client whose
payment is due today.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
81
Chapter 3
Explanation:
The date stored in cell B2 (the last pay date) is then subtracted from
today’s date, returning the number of days since the last pay date.
The MOD function divides that number of days by 14 and returns the
remainder.
If the remainder is 0 (the number of days since the last pay date is
divisible by 14), the IF function returns the string "Pay Today". Otherwise,
it returns a blank cell.
Thus, the formula indicates the clients who have payments due today.
Calculating the Date of the Nth Specific Day of

the Month
¾ Problem:
Calculating the date of, for example, the first Saturday of each of the
months listed in column A, for the year specified in cell B2.
¾ Solution:
Use the WEEKDAY and DATE functions as shown in the following
formula:
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
82
=DATE($B$2,A2,1+((1-(6>=WEEKDAY(DATE($B$2,A2,1),2)))*7+(6-
WEEKDAY(DATE($B$2,A2,1),2))))
Explanation:
The DATE function in the following expression calculates the date on the
first day of the month listed in cell A2 for the year specified in cell B2:
6>=WEEKDAY(DATE($B$2,A2,1),2)
The WEEKDAY function returns a serial number between 1 (Monday) & 7
(Sunday) that represents the day of the week matching that date.
Thus, it returns the day of the week on the first day of the month listed in
cell A2.
If that day is smaller than or equal to 6 (represents Saturday), the above
expression returns "1" (TRUE). Otherwise, it returns "0" (FALSE).
The value returned is subtracted from 1 and the result is multiplied by 7.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
83
Chapter 3
Then, 1 is added to the result, and the difference between 6 (Saturday)

and the day of the week on the first day of the month (calculated by the
WEEKDAY and DATE functions) is also added.
The number returned is the day number (1-31) of the first Saturday of the
month shown in cell A2.
Finally, the DATE function returns the date that corresponds with that day
number for the month listed in cell A2 and the year specified in cell B2.
Eliminating Negative Values from Date

Subtractions
¾ Problem:
Creating a formula to return the number of days between each date in
column A and the corresponding deadline in column B.
In cases where the date in column A is later than the deadline, the
formula is to return zero rather than a negative number of days.
¾ Solution:
Use the MAX function as shown in the following formula:
=MAX(B2-A2,0)
Explanation:
The date in cell A2 is subtracted from the corresponding deadline in cell
B2 and the number of days between them is returned.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
84
If the date in cell A2 is later than the deadline, a negative number of days
is returned.
The MAX function returns the maximum of the calculated number of days
and 0.
Thus, if the date in cell A2 is later than the corresponding deadline, the
formula returns zero, rather than a negative number of days.
Avoiding Negative Values when Calculating

the Number of Days between Two Dates
¾ Problem:
We want to create a formula to calculate the number of days between
each pair of dates in columns A & B, but the formula is never to return a
negative value.
Empty cells in column A are to be considered the first day of the year, and
empty cells in column B are to be considered the last day of the year.
¾ Solution:
Use the MAX, MIN, and DATE functions as shown in the following
formula:
=MIN(B2,DATE(2005,12,31))-MAX(A2,DATE(2005,1,1))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
85
Chapter 3
Explanation:
The first DATE function returns the date of December 31st, 2005 (the last
day of the year).
The MIN function returns the minimum of the date stored in cell B2 and
that returned by the DATE function.
Thus, if cell B2 is empty, the MIN function returns the last day of the year.
The second DATE function returns the date of January 1st, 2005 (the first
day of the month).
The MAX function returns the maximum of the date stored in cell A2 and
that returned by the DATE function.
Thus, if cell A2 is empty, the MAX function returns the first day of the
year.
Finally, the date returned by the MAX function is subtracted from the one
returned by the MIN function.
The result is the number of days between the pair of dates in cells A2 &
B2.
As the formula considers empty cells in column A as the first day of the
year, and empty cells in column B as the last day of the year, negative
results are never returned.
Avoiding False Results when Counting Dates

Matching Specified Criteria
¾ Problem:
Column A contains dates formatted as "mm/dd/yyyy".
When using the following COUNTIF formula to count the number of
dates after April 1st, 2005:
=COUNTIF(A2:A6,">"&--"04/01/05")
A false result of 4 was returned.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
86
¾ Solution 1:
To avoid any format related problems, use the COUNTIF and DATE
functions as shown in the following formula:
=COUNTIF(A2:A6,">"&DATE(2005,4,1))
¾ Solution 2:
Use the COUNTIF function as shown in the following formula:
=COUNTIF(A2:A6,">"&--"2005-04-01")
Explanation:
The date entered in the above formula was considered by Excel to be
January 4th, rather than April 1st.
The manner in which Excel reads dates is dependant of the date format
set in the software’s regional settings.
Other regional areas use different date formats to that used in the United
States.
The two solutions provided above will return the proper results for any
date format set in the software.
) Solution 1:
The DATE function returns the date of April 1st, 2005.
The COUNTIF function returns the number of dates in column A
(cells A2:A6) that are greater than the date returned by the DATE
function.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
87
Chapter 3
Thus, it returns the number of dates in column A after April 1st, 2005.
) Solution 2:
The string "2005-04-01" represents the date of April 1st, 2005.
The "--" sign converts that string to the date it represents.
The COUNTIF function returns the number of dates in column A
(A2:A6) that are greater than that date.
Thus, it returns the number of dates in column A after April 1st, 2005.
Calculating the Week Number Corresponding

with a Specific Date
¾ Problem:
Calculating the week number corresponding with each of the dates listed
in column A.
¾ Solution:
Use the WEEKNUM function as shown in the following formula:
=WEEKNUM(A2,2)
Explanation:
The WEEKNUM function returns the week number corresponding with
the date stored in cell A2.
The second argument of the WEEKNUM function represents week type:
use "2" for a Monday-Sunday week, and "1" for a Sunday-Saturday week.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
88

The WEEKNUM function is included in the Analysis ToolPak Add-In.
Determining whether Two Given Dates Occur

within the Same Week
¾ Problem:
Determining whether each pair of corresponding dates in columns A & B
occur within the same week.
¾ Solution:
Use the WEEKNUM and IF functions as shown in the following formula:
=IF(WEEKNUM(A2,2)=WEEKNUM(B2,2),"Same Week","Different Week")
Explanation:
The first WEEKNUM function returns the week number corresponding
with the date stored in cell A2.
The second WEEKNUM function returns the week number corresponding
with the date stored in cell B2.
If the two week numbers are equal, the IF function returns the string
"Same Week". Otherwise, it returns "Different Week".
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
89
Chapter 3
Note that the second argument of the WEEKNUM function represents

week type:
Use "2" for a Monday-Sunday week, and "1" for a Sunday-Saturday week.

The WEEKNUM function is included in the Analysis ToolPak Add-In.
Finding the Number of Days in a Given Month

¾ Problem:
Calculating the number of days in each of the months listed in column A,
for the year specified in column B.
¾ Solution:
Use the DAY and DATE functions as shown in the following formula:
=DAY(DATE(B2,A2+1,0))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
90
Explanation:
following the month listed in cell A2 (A2+1) for the year specified in cell
B2.
As day number 0 indicates the last day of the previous month, the DATE
function returns the date of the last day of the month specified in cell A2.
The DAY function extracts the "day" part of the date calculated by the
DATE function.
Thus, it returns the number of days in the month listed in cell A2 for the
year specified in cell B2.
Finding the Serial Number of the Last Day of

the Month
¾ Problem:
Finding the day of the week matching the last day of each month (serial
number) listed in column A.
¾ Solution:
Use the WEEKDAY and DATE functions as shown in the following
formula:
=WEEKDAY(DATE(2004,A2+1,0),2)
Thus, the formula will return a number between 1 & 7 for each month in
column A, where 1 represents Monday, and 7 represents Sunday.
To return 1 for Sunday and 7 for Saturday, modify your formula as
follows:
=WEEKDAY(DATE(2004,A2+1,0),1)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
91
Chapter 3
Explanation:
following the month listed in cell A2 (A2+1) for the year 2004.
As day number 0 indicates the last day of the previous month, the DATE
function returns the date of the last day of the month specified in cell A2.
The WEEKDAY function returns a number between 1 & 7 that represents
the day of the week that corresponds with the date calculated by the
DATE function. Thus, it returns the day of the week that corresponds with
the last day of the month specified in cell A2.
The second argument of the WEEKDAY function represents week type:
Use "2" for a Monday-Sunday week, where 1 represents Monday and 7
represents Sunday.
Use "1" for a Sunday-Saturday week, where 1 represents Sunday and 7
represent Saturday.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
92
Adding a Specified Number of Months to a

Date
¾ Problem:
Column B contains numbers of months which are to be added to the
corresponding dates shown in column A.
We want to calculate the appropriate cumulative dates.
¾ Solution 1:
Use the DATE, YEAR, MONTH, MIN, and DAY functions as shown in the
following formula:
=DATE(YEAR(A2),MONTH(A2)+B2,MIN(DAY(A2),DAY(DATE(YEAR(A2),
MONTH(A2)+B2+1,0))))
¾ Solution 2:
Use the EDATE function as shown in the following formula:
=EDATE(A2,B2)
Explanation:
) DATE Formula
The DATE function in the following expression, using the YEAR and
MONTH functions, calculates the date of the last day in the month
that corresponds with the cumulative date.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
93
Chapter 3
MIN(DAY(A2),DAY(DATE(YEAR(A2),MONTH(A2)+B2+1,0)))
The DAY function (the second one in the expression) returns the day
part of that date, which is the number of days in the month of the
cumulative date.
The first DAY function in the above expression returns the day part of
the date in cell A2.
The MIN function returns the minimum of the numbers returned by
the two DAY functions.
Thus, the result of the above expression is the number to be used as
the day number of the cumulative date.
The YEAR function returns the year number of the date stored in cell
A2.
The MONTH function returns the month number (1-12) of the date
stored in cell A2.
The numbers of months specified in cell B2 is then added to that
number. The result represents the month number of the cumulative
date.
The DATE function returns the date that corresponds with the year
number returned by the YEAR function, the cumulative month
number, and the day number returned by the MIN function.
) EDATE Formula
The EDATE function returns the cumulative date for the date stored in
cell A2 and the number of months specified in cell B2.

The EDATE function is included in the Analysis ToolPak Add-In. To
install the Analysis ToolPak Add-in: Select Tools → Add-Ins → Analysis
ToolPak, Click OK.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
94
Converting a Month's Serial Number into Its

Corresponding Name
¾ Problem:
Converting each month’s serial number, as shown in column A, into its
corresponding name.
¾ Solution 1:
To return a month’s full name, use the TEXT function as shown in the
following formula:
=TEXT(A2*29,"mmmm")
To return the first three letters of a month’s name ("Jan", "Feb" etc.), use
the TEXT function as shown in the following formula:
=TEXT(A2*29,"mmm")
¾ Solution 2:
Use the CHOOSE function as shown in the following formula:
=CHOOSE(A2,"Jan","Feb","Mar","Apr","May","Jun","Jul","Aug","Sep","Oct","
Nov","Dec")
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
95
Chapter 3
Explanation:
) TEXT Formula
The month number in cell A2 is multiplied by 29.
The result is a number representing a date on that month.
The TEXT function formats that number as "mmmm" (a date format
displaying the name of the month) and converts it to text.
Thus, the formula converts the month number in cell A2 into its
corresponding name.
) CHOOSE Formula
The CHOOSE function returns the Nth value in the following list of
month names (entered in the formula), where N is the month number
stored in cell A2:
"Jan","Feb","Mar","Apr","May","Jun","Jul","Aug","Sep","Oct","Nov","Dec"
Thus, the formula converts the month number in cell A2 into its
corresponding name.
Calculating the Quarter Number for Calendar

and Fiscal Year
¾ Problem:
Calculating the quarter number corresponding with each of the dates
listed in column A.
¾ Solution:
To calculate the quarter number based on a calendar year, use the INT
and MONTH functions in the following formula:
=INT((MONTH(A2)-1)/3)+1
To calculate the quarter number based on a fiscal year (starting in
September), use the MOD, CEILING, and MONTH functions as shown in
=MOD(CEILING(22+MONTH(A2)-9-1,3)/3,4)+1
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
96
Explanation:
) Formula for Quarter Number in a Calendar Year:
stored in cell A2.
1 is then subtracted from that number and the result is divided by 3.
The INT function rounds the result of that calculation down to the
nearest integer.
Finally, 1 is added to the number returned by the INT function.
The result is the quarter number matching the date stored in cell A2.
) Formula for Quarter Number in a Fiscal Year:
stored in cell A2.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
97
Chapter 3
1 and 9 are then subtracted from that number and 22 is added to the
result.
The CEILING function rounds up the result of that calculation to the
nearest multiple of 3.
The number returned by the CEILING function is divided by 3 and the
MOD function divides the result by 4 and returns the remainder.
Finally, 1 is added to that remainder.
The result is the quarter number matching the date stored in cell A2.
Converting a Date into a String, Indicating the

Quarter Number and Year
¾ Problem:
Converting the dates listed in column A into strings indicating the relevant
quarter number and year, using the following format:
"Quarter X, YYYY".
¾ Solution:
Use the MONTH, INT, and YEAR functions as shown in the following
formula:
="Quarter " &INT((MONTH(A2)+2)/3)&", "&YEAR(A2)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
98
Explanation:
The MONTH function returns the month number (1-12) of the date stored
in cell A2.
2 is then added to that month number and the result is divided by 3.
The INT function rounds the result of that calculation down to the nearest
integer.
Thus, it calculates the quarter number matching the date stored in cell
A2.
The YEAR function returns the year number of the date stored in cell A2.
Finally, a single string is created by joining the text "Quarter ", the
calculated quarter number (returned by the INT function), the text "," and
the calculated year number (returned by the YEAR function).
Thus, the formula converts the date listed in cell A2 into a string
indicating the quarter number and year.
Determining Which Quarter a Specified Date

Corresponds With
¾ Problem:
Determining and indicating which quarter each of the dates listed in
column A corresponds with.
¾ Solution:
Use the CHOOSE, MATCH, and MONTH functions as shown in the
following formula:
=CHOOSE(MATCH(MONTH(A2),{1,4,7,10}),"Quarter1","Quarter2","Quar
ter3","Quarter4")
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
99
Chapter 3
Explanation:
The MONTH function returns the month number (1-12) of the date stored
in cell A2.
The MATCH function returns the position of that number within the
following Array, consisting of the first month of each quarter:
{1,4,7,10}
If the number returned by the MONTH function does not appear in the
Array, the MATCH function returns the position of the closest smaller
match.
Thus, the MATCH function returns a number between 1 & 4.
The CHOOSE function returns the Nth value in the list of the strings
entered in the formula ("Quarter1","Quarter2","Quarter3","Quarter4"),
where N is the number returned by the MATCH function.
Hence, the formula determines which quarter the date in cell A2
corresponds with and returns a string indicating the result.
Converting Older Dates to the Current Year

¾ Problem:
Converting the dates listed in column A into the corresponding day and
month of the current year.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
100
¾ Solution:
Use the DATE, YEAR, TODAY, MONTH, and DAY functions as shown in
=DATE(YEAR(TODAY()),MONTH(A2),DAY(A2))
Explanation:
The TODAY function returns today’s date.
The YEAR function returns the year number of that date, which is the
number of the current year.
The DATE function returns a date composed of the number of the current
year (returned by the YEAR function), the month of the date stored in cell
A2 (returned by the MONTH function), and the day of that date (returned
by the DAY function).
Thus, the formula converts the date stored in cell A2 into the
corresponding day and month of the current year.
Converting a Julian Date to a Calendar Date

¾ Problem:
Listed in column A are Julian dates in "YYJJJ" format.
"YY" represents a year between 1920 and 2020, and "JJJ" represents the
serial number of the day within the year.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
101
Chapter 3
We want to convert each date in column A to its corresponding calendar

date.
¾ Solution:
Use the LEFT, IF, and MOD functions as shown in the following formula
and format the results as dates:
=("1/1/"&(IF(LEFT(A2,2)*1<20,2000,1900)+LEFT(A2,2)))+MOD(A2,1000)-1
Explanation:
The first LEFT function in the following expression extracts the two
leftmost characters of the Julian date stored in cell A2:
("1/1/"&(IF(LEFT(A2,2)*1<20,2000,1900)+LEFT(A2,2)))
Those characters (the "YY" part of the date) are then multiplied by 1 to
convert them to a number.
The IF function returns 2000 if that number is smaller than 20 and 1900 if
it isn’t.
The number returned by the IF function is added to the "YY" number
extracted by the LEFT function (the second one), and the result is the year
number indicated by the "YY" part of the Julian date in cell A2.
The text "1/1/" is joined with the calculated year number into a single
string that represents the date of the first day in that year.
The MOD function divides the Julian date stored in cell A2 by 1000, and
returns the remainder.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
102
Thus, it returns the "JJJ" part of the Julian date, which is the serial number
of the day within the year.
Finally, 1 is subtracted from that number (representing a number of days),
and the result is added to the date calculated above (the first day of the
year represented by "YY").
The result is the calendar date corresponding with the Julian date stored
in cell A2.
Time
Entering Times Quickly (1)
¾ Problem:
Entering times quickly, without having to use a colon to separate hours
and minutes.
¾ Solution:
Use the TIMEVALUE, IF, LEFT, and RIGHT functions as shown in the
following formula:
=TIMEVALUE(IF(A2<1000, LEFT(A2,1),LEFT(A2,2))&":"&RIGHT(A2,2))
Enter the above formula in column B and format the cells as "hh:mm".
The formula will convert each numerical value in column A to a properly
formatted time value.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
103
Chapter 3
Explanation:
The IF function determines whether or not the numerical value in cell A2
is smaller than 1000.
If it is (the hour part of the entry consists of 1 digit), it returns the result of
the first LEFT function, which extracts the leftmost character of the
number in cell A2 (the digit representing the hour). Otherwise, it returns
the result if the second LEFT function, which extracts the two leftmost
characters of the number (the two digits representing the hour).
The hour part of the number in cell A2, returned by the IF function, is
then joined with the ":" symbol and with the minute part of the number,
which is extracted by the RIGHT function (extracts the two rightmost
characters of the number in cell A2).
Thus, a string representing the time indicated in cell A2 is returned.
Finally, the TIMEVALUE function converts that string to a time value.
Entering Times Quickly (2)

¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain pairs of numbers representing minutes and
seconds.
Similarly, columns E & F contain pairs of numbers representing hours and
minutes.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
104
Some of the minute values in column A and hour values in column E

represent time periods greater than 24 hours.
If we were to use simple TIME formulas to join each pair of values from
columns A:B and E:F into single time values, they would return false
results for all values exceeding 24 hours.
Thus, we are unable to simply use the following formulas to achieve our
goal of a properly formatted time value:
=TIME(,A2,B2)
=TIME(E2,F2,)
¾ Solution:
To join minutes and seconds, use the TIME and INT functions as shown
=TIME(,A2,B2)+INT(A2/1440)
Enter the above formula in column C and format as "[mm]:ss".
To join hours and minutes, use the TIME and INT functions as shown in
=TIME(E2,F2,) + INT(E2/24)
Enter the above formula in column G and format as "[hh]:mm".
The above formulas will allow the user to enter times quickly, without
having to use a colon to separate hours and minutes or minutes and
seconds.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
105
Chapter 3
Explanation:
Formula for Joining Hours and Minutes (cell G2):
The TIME function returns a time value composed of the number of hours
in cell E2 and the number of minutes in cell F2.
If the number of hours in cell E2 represents a time period of more than a
day (it is greater than 24), the TIME function will divide it by 24 and use
the remainder as the number of hours.
Thus, in order to create a time value that properly represents an hour
value greater than 24, we would have to calculate the number of full days
included in it and add it to the time calculated by the TIME function.
To calculate the number of full days represented by the hour value in cell
E2, it is divided by 24 and the INT function rounds the result down to the
nearest integer.
The time returned by the TIME function is added to the number of full
days calculated by the INT function.
The result is a time value (hh:mm) that represents the number of hours
and minutes listed in cells E2 & F2.
Using the same method, the formula entered in cell C2 calculates the
time value (mm:ss) that represents the number of minutes and seconds
listed in cells A2 & B2.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
106
Both formulas allow the user to enter times quickly, without having to use
a colon to separate hours and minutes or minutes and seconds.
Adding Time Values

¾ Problem:
When using a standard SUM formula to add the time values in column B
(=SUM(B2:B5)), a false result of 4:23 is returned, rather than the actual
sum of 28:23.
¾ Solution:
Excel’s default time format does not allow a time value to exceed 24
hours. This is the cause of the above error.
To properly display a sum exceeding 24 hours, change the format of the
cell from "h:mm" to "[hh]:mm".
Adding Text Values Representing Time

¾ Problem:
The times listed in column A are formatted as text.
When trying to add them using a simple SUM formula (=SUM(A2:A5)), a
false result of 0 is returned.
How can we add text values correctly?
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
107
Chapter 3
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM and TIMEVALUE functions as shown in the following Array
formula:
{=SUM(TIMEVALUE(A2:A5))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The TIMEVALUE function converts each string in cells A2:A5 to a time
value and returns the results in an Array.
The SUM function adds all the time values in that Array.
Thus, it returns the sum of the text values from column A that represent
times.
Adding Time Values from Separate Hours and

Minutes Columns
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain numbers representing hours and minutes
respectively.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
108
We want to add the numbers from both columns to calculate a single

cumulative time value.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM and TIME functions as shown in the following Array
formula:
{=SUM(TIME(A2:A4,B2:B4,0))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The TIME function creates a time value from each corresponding pair of
hour and minute values from columns A (cells A2:A4) and B (cells B2:B4).
All the time values created are returned in an Array and the SUM function
adds them together.
The result is a cumulative time value of the hour and minute values listed
in columns A & B.
Adding a Number to a Formatted Time Value

¾ Problem:
Creating a formula that will return a time value which is the sum of the
time in cell A2 and the number of hours in cell B2.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
109
Chapter 3
¾ Solution:
When adding a time value and a number representing hours, we must first
divide the number by 24, as shown in the following formula:
=A2+B2/24
Ensure that the result cell is formatted [hh]:mm to correctly display a time.
Calculating Absolute Difference between Two

Time Values
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain pairs of time values from the same day.
We want to create a formula that always subtracts the earlier time from
the later one, regardless of which column each is in.
¾ Solution 1:
Use the IF function as shown in the following formula:
=IF(B2>=A2,B2-A2,A2-B2)
¾ Solution 2:
Use the ABS function as shown in the following formula:
=ABS(B2-A2)
Note: Apply hh:mm format to cells containing the formulas.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
110
Explanation:
) IF Formula:
The IF function determines whether the time value in cell B2 is later
than (or equal to) that in cell A2.
If it is, the IF function subtracts the time in cell A2 (the earlier time)
from that in cell B2 and returns the result.
Otherwise, it subtracts the time value in cell B2 (the earlier time) from
that in cell A2 and returns the result.
Thus, the formula always subtracts the earlier time from the later one,
regardless of which column each is in.
) ABS Formula:
The time value in cell A2 is subtracted from the corresponding time
value in cell B2.
The ABS function returns the absolute value of the result.
Thus, it returns the absolute difference between the time values in
cells A2 and B2.
That difference is equivalent to the difference between the later time
and the earlier time.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
111
Chapter 3
Subtracting Times
¾ Problem:
Finding the interval between each pair of start and end times in columns
A & B. An error occurs when the end time is "earlier" than the start time,
resulting in a negative result.
¾ Solution:
Use the IF function as shown in the following formula to determine which
of the two values is the "earliest", and then subtract accordingly:
=B2-A2+IF(A2>B2,1)
Explanation:
The IF function determines whether or not the End Time in cell B2 is
earlier than the corresponding Start Time.
If it is, the IF function returns 1. Otherwise, 0 is returned.
The Start Time in cell A2 is subtracted from the corresponding End Time
in cell B2, and the number returned by the IF function (1/0) is added to
the result.
Thus, if the End Time is earlier than the Start Time, 1 (representing a full
day) will be added to the negative difference, converting it to a positive
difference.
Hence, the formula calculates the interval between the dates in cells A2
& B2, without resulting in an error caused by a negative result.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
112
Converting a Decimal Value to a Time Value

¾ Problem:
Converting the decimal values in column A to correctly formatted time
values.
¾ Solution:
Divide each number by 24 as follows:
=A2/24
Format your result cells as custom "[hh]:mm".
Explanation:
Time values are stored in Excel as fractions of 24 (01:00 is stored as 1/24).
Therefore, in order to convert the decimal value stored in cell A2 to a
time value ("hh:mm"), we must divide it by 24 and format the result as
time ("[hh]:mm").
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
113
Chapter 3
Converting Text Representing Minutes and

Seconds into Numerical Values
¾ Problem:
Column A contains text strings representing time values in the "Xm Ys"
format.
X represents the number of minutes and Y represents the number of
seconds.
We want to calculate the total number of seconds represented by each
string in column A.
¾ Solution:
Use the LEFT, FIND, LEN, and MID functions as shown in the following
formula:
=(LEFT(A2,FIND("m",A2)-1)*60)+LEFT(MID(A2,FIND("
",A2)+1,99),LEN(MID(A2,FIND(" ",A2)+1,99))-1)
Explanation:
The first LEFT function extracts the leftmost characters in cell A2 up to the
character "m" (based on the position calculated by the FIND function).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
114
Those characters are then multiplied by 60, which returns the total
number of seconds indicated by the "minutes" ("X") part of the string.
The second LEFT function, using the MID, FIND, and LEN functions,
extracts all the characters in cell A2 from the character to the right of the
space up to the character that is second last, i.e. the "seconds" ("Y") part
of the string.
The two results are then added to give the total number of seconds.
Converting Times to Decimal Values

¾ Problem:
Converting the time values ("hh:mm") in column A to their decimal
equivalents.
¾ Solution:
Use the HOUR and MINUTE functions as shown in the following
formula:
=HOUR(A2)+(MINUTE(A2)/60)
Explanation:
The HOUR function returns the number of hours in the time value stored
in cell A2.
Similarly, the MINUTE function returns the number of minutes in that
time value.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
115
Chapter 3
That number is then divided by 60 to convert it to its decimal equivalent,

and the result is added to the number of hours (returned by the HOUR
function).
Thus, the formula converts the time value in cell A2 to its decimal
equivalent.
Calculating Military Time Intervals

¾ Problem:
Finding the interval between pairs of times when they are formatted in
military style ("hhmm").
¾ Solution 1:
=(TEXT(B2,"00\:00")-TEXT(A2,"00\:00"))*24
¾ Solution 2:
Use the DOLLARDE function as shown in the following formula:
=DOLLARDE(B2/100,60)-DOLLARDE(A2/100,60)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
116
Explanation:
) TEXT Formula:
The first TEXT function formats the military time in cell B2 as "00\:00"
(a text value representing time).
The second TEXT function formats the military time in cell A2 in the
same manner. The second result is subtracted from the first, resulting
in a time value that represents the difference between the two military
times.
That difference is multiplied by 24 to convert it to its decimal
equivalent.
) DOLLARDE Formula:
The military time in cell B2 is divided by 100.
The first DOLLARDE function converts the result, which is a fraction
of 60, to its decimal equivalent.
Thus, it returns a decimal number that is equivalent to the military
time in cell B2.
Similarly, the second DOLLARDE function calculates the decimal
equivalent of the military time in cell A2.
The second number is subtracted from the first, resulting in the
interval between the military times in cells A2 & B2.

The DOLLARDE function is included in the Analysis ToolPak Add-In.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
117
Chapter 3
Converting Time Values from One Time Zone

to Another
¾ Problem:
Listed in cells B1:E2 are several destinations and their hourly time
difference with New York.
We want to convert the time value in cell B3 (New York local time) to the
equivalent local time in each destination city.
¾ Solution:
With destinations in cells C1:E1 and time differences in cells C2:E2, enter
the following formula in cell C3, and copy across to cell E3:
=$B$3+(C2/24)*-1
Explanation:
The hour difference in cell C2 is divided by 24 to convert it to a time
value.
The result is then multiplied by -1 to calculate the time that needs to be
added to the local time.
Finally, that time is added to (or subtracted from) the local time shown in
cell B3.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
118
Creating a World Time Converter

¾ Problem:
Finding the equivalent time for the city in cell C5 (Jerusalem) as that
shown in cell D2 for the city in cell C2 (New York).
¾ Solution:
1. Create a list of cities (column A) and their matching hourly difference
(column B) from GMT (Greenwich Mean Time).
2. Use the VLOOKUP function as shown in the following formula in cell
D5:
=(D2*24-VLOOKUP(C2,A2:B8,2,FALSE)+VLOOKUP(C5,A2:B8,2,FALSE))/24
Explanation:
The first VLOOKUP function in the above formula looks in the first
column of range A2:B8 for the city entered in cell C2 (Jerusalem) and
returns the corresponding value from the second column.
Thus, it returns Jerusalem’s hourly difference with GMT.
Similarly, the second VLOOKUP function returns New York’s hourly
difference with GMT.
The time value in cell D2 (the time to convert) is multiplied by 24 to
convert it to its decimal equivalent.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
119
Chapter 3
Jerusalem’s hourly difference from GMT (returned by the first VLOOKUP

function) is then subtracted from the result of that calculation, and New
York’s hourly difference (returned by the second VLOOKUP function) is
added.
The result is the decimal equivalent of the time in New York.
In order to convert that decimal number to a time value, it is divided by
24.
Thus, the formula returns the equivalent time for the city in cell C5
(Jerusalem) as that shown in cell D2 for the city in cell C2 (New York).
Rounding Times Down to the Nearest 30

Seconds
¾ Problem:
Rounding the times ("hh:mm:ss") in column A down to the nearest 30
seconds.
¾ Solution 1:
Use the ROUNDDOWN function as shown in the following formula:
=ROUNDDOWN(A2*24*120,0)/(120*24)
¾ Solution 2:
Use the FLOOR function as shown in the following formula:
=FLOOR(A2,1/(24*120))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
120
Explanation:
) ROUNDDOWN Formula:
The time value entered in cell A2 is multiplied by 24 to convert it to
its decimal equivalent, and by 120 to calculate the number of 30
second time periods within that time value (there are 120 periods of
30 seconds in an hour).
The ROUNDDOWN function rounds the result down to the nearest
integer (0 decimal places).
Finally, the decimal number returned by the ROUNDDOWN
function is divided by 120*24 in order to convert it back to a time
value.
Thus, the formula rounds the time in cell A2 down to the nearest 30
seconds.
) FLOOR Formula:
The FLOOR function rounds the number representing the time value
in cell A2 down to the nearest multiple of 1/(24*120). That multiple
represents a time value of 30 seconds.
Thus, it rounds the time in cell A2 down to the nearest 30 seconds.
Rounding Times Down to a Specified Time

Increment
¾ Problem:
Rounding the times in column A down to the nearest 15 minute
increment.
¾ Solution:
Use the TIME, FLOOR, HOUR, and MINUTE functions as shown in the
following formula:
=TIME(HOUR(A2),FLOOR(MINUTE(A2),15),0)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
121
Chapter 3
Explanation:
The HOUR function returns the hour number of the time value stored in
cell A2.
Similarly, the MINUTE function returns minute number of that time value.
The FLOOR function rounds down that number of minutes to the nearest
multiple of 15.
Finally, the TIME function returns a time value composed of the hour
number returned by the HOUR function and the minute number
calculated by the FLOOR function.
Thus, the formula rounds down the time value stored in cell A2 to the
nearest 15 minute increment.
Rounding Hours Up
¾ Problem:
Listed in columns B & C are the times that each employee in column A
signed in and out of work today.
We want to calculate the number of hours each employee worked,
rounded up to the nearest hour.
¾ Solution:
Use the CEILING functions as shown in the following formula:
=CEILING((C2-B2)*24,1)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
122
Explanation:
The Time Out in cell C2 is subtracted from the corresponding Time in cell
B2.
The result is a time value representing the difference between the two
times.
That time value is multiplied by 24 to convert it to its decimal equivalent,
and the CEILING function rounds the result up to the nearest multiple of
1 (the nearest integer, representing the nearest hour).
Thus, it returns the number of hours worked by the employee specified in
cell A2, rounded up to the nearest hour.
Rounding Time Intervals to the Nearest

Specified Time Increment
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain times signed in and out of work.
We want to subtract each Time In from its corresponding Time Out, and
round the result to the nearest 30 minutes.
¾ Solution:
Use the ROUND function as shown in the following formula:
=ROUND((B2-A2)/"0:30:00",0)*"0:30:00"
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
123
Chapter 3
Explanation:
The Time Out in cell B2 is subtracted from the corresponding Time In in
cell A2.
The result is a time value representing the difference between the two
times.
That time value is divided by a time value of 30 minutes ("0:30:00") in
order to calculate the number of 30 minute periods within that time.
The ROUND function rounds that number to the nearest integer (0
decimal places).
Finally, the number returned by the ROUND function is multiplied by a
time value of 30 minutes ("0:30:00"), returning a time value that
represents the interval between the Time In in cell A2 and the Time Out
in cell B2, rounded to the nearest 30 minutes.
Calculating a Building's Occupancy Rate at

Specified Times
¾ Problem:
Columns B & C show the times that each of a building’s tenants left and
returned on a particular day.
We want to calculate the building’s occupancy rate at each of the times
listed in column E.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
124
¾ Solution:
Use the COUNTIF and COUNT functions as shown in the following
formula:
=(COUNTIF($C$2:$C$6,">="&E2)-COUNTIF($B$2:$B$6,">"&E2))/
COUNT($A$2:$A$6)
Explanation:
The first COUNTIF function returns the number of Time Out values in
column C (cells C2:C6) that are later than or equal to the Base Time in
cell E2.
Similarly, the second COUNTIF function returns the number of Time In
values in column B (cells B2:B6) that are later than the Base Time.
The number returned by the second COUNTIF function is then subtracted
from the number returned by the first COUNTIF function.
The result represents the number of tenants who were in the building at
the time specified in cell E2.
Finally, that number is divided by the total number of tenants in the
building, as calculated by the COUNT function (returns the number of
values in cells A2:A6).
The result is the building’s occupancy rate at the time listed in cell E2.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
125
Chapter 3
Date & Time

Creating Date and Time Stamp
¾ Problem:
Creating a timestamp for each of the values in List1 (column A).
We want the timestamp to display the date and time that each value was
entered or when it was most recently modified.
¾ Solution:
1. Go to Tools → Options → Calculation Tab → Check the Iteration
checkbox.
2. Use the IF and NOW functions as shown in the following formula:
=IF(A2=",",IF(B2="",NOW(),B2))
3. Apply "mm/dd/yyyy hh:mm" format to column B.
Explanation:
The first IF function determines whether or not cell A2 is blank. If it is, the
IF function returns a blank cell. Otherwise, it returns the result of the
second IF function.
The second IF function determines whether or not the current cell (cell
B2) is blank. If it is, the IF function returns the current date and time
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
126
(returned by the NOW function). Otherwise, it returns the value that is

currently stored in the cell.
Thus, as long as cell A2 does not contain any data, cell B2 will remain
empty.
Once data is entered in cell A2, the IF formula in cell B2 will return the
current date and time into that cell and that value will remain until the
data in cell A2 is cleared.
When the data in cell A2 is cleared in order to modify it, the date and
time returned into cell B2 will be cleared as well. The updated date and
time will appear as soon as new data is entered into cell A2.
Convert Date and Time from GMT (Greenwich

Mean Time) to CST (Central Standard Time)
¾ Problem:
Converting the dates and times in column A from GMT (Greenwich Mean
Time) to CST (Central Standard Time).
CST is 6 hours earlier than GMT.
¾ Solution:
Use the TIME function as shown in the following formula:
=A2-TIME(6,0,0)
Explanation:
The TIME function returns a time value of 6:00.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
127
Chapter 3
That time, representing the hourly difference between GMT and CST (6
hours), is then subtracted from the date and time value stored in cell A2.
The result is the CST equivalent of the GMT date and time shown in cell
A2.
Combining Data from Separate Columns into

a Single Date and Time Value
¾ Problem:
Columns A:F contain values representing month, day, year, hours,
minutes and seconds.
We want to combine the numbers from each row into a single date and
time value.
¾ Solution:
Use the DATE and TIME functions as shown in the following formula:
=DATE(C2,A2,B2)+TIME(D2,E2,F2)
Format the results (column G) as "mm/dd/yy hh:mm:ss".
Explanation:
The DATE function returns a date composed of the year number in cell
C2, the month number in cell A2, and the day number in cell B2.
The TIME function returns a time composed of the hour number in cell
D2, the minute number in cell E2, and the second number in cell F2.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
128
The resulting date and time are added and formatted as "mm/dd/yy
hh:mm:ss".
Converting Text, Which Represents Date and

Time, Into Proper Date and Time Values
¾ Problem:
Column A contains strings which represent dates and times that have
been formatted as "mmm d yyyy h:mm:ss PM/AM".
We want to extract the date and time from each string, place them in
separate cells, and convert them into properly formatted date and time
values.
¾ Solution:
To extract dates, use the MID, LEFT, FIND, and SUBSTITUTE
=(--(MID(A2,5,2)&" "&LEFT(A2,3)&" "&MID(A2,FIND(" ",SUBSTITUTE(
A2," ","",1))+2,4)))
Enter the above formula in column B and format as "mm/dd/yyyy".
To extract times, use the MID, FIND, and SUBSTITUTE functions as
=(--(MID(A2,FIND(" ",SUBSTITUTE(A2," ","",1))+7,255)))
Enter the above formula in column C and format as "h:mm PM/AM".
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
129
Chapter 3
Explanation:
) Formula Extracting Dates:
The first MID function extracts two characters from the string in A2,
starting at the 5th character.
Thus, it returns the day number of the date.
The LEFT function extracts the three leftmost characters of the string in
cell A2.
Thus, it returns the three letters representing the name of the month.
The following expression, using the FIND and SUBSTITUTE
functions, calculates the position (character number) of the second
space in the string (the space before the year number):
FIND(" ",SUBSTITUTE(A2," ","",1))+2
The second MID function extracts 4 characters from the string in A2,
starting at the position calculated by the above expression.
Thus, it extracts the year number of the date.
The day number (returned by the first MID function), the month name
(returned by the LEFT function) and the year number (returned by the
second MID function) are joined into a single string with spaces
between them. That string represents the date in cell A2.
The "--" sign converts that string to a proper date value, and thus
returns the date in cell A2.
) Formula Extracting Times:
The SUBSTITUTE function returns the string in cell A2 after having its
first space removed (replaced by nothing).
The FIND function returns the relative position (character number) of
the first space in the string returned by the SUBSTITUTE function.
That position is equal to the position of the character in cell A2 that is
to the left of the second space in the string.
Adding 7 to that position returns the position of the first character in
the time part of the string.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
130
The MID function extracts as many as 255 characters from cell A2,
starting at that calculated position.
Hence, it returns a string representing the time in cell A2.
The "--" sign converts that string to a proper time value, and thus
returns the time in cell A2.
Calculating the Number of Weekday Hours

between Two Dates
¾ Problem:
Calculating the number of hours between Date1 (A2) and Date2 (B2),
excluding weekends.
¾ Solution:
Use the NETWORKDAYS and MOD functions as shown in the following
formula:
=NETWORKDAYS(A2,B2)-1-MOD(A2,1)+MOD(B2,1)
Explanation:
The NETWORKDAYS function returns the number of weekdays between
the date stored in cell A2 and the one in cell B2.
1 is subtracted from that number to exclude the date in cell B2 from the
number of weekdays.
The first MOD function divides the value in cell A2 by 1 and returns the
remainder, which represents the time part of the date and time value in
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
131
Chapter 3
cell A2. That time is then subtracted from the total time represented by
the calculated number of weekdays.
Similarly, the time part of the date and time value in cell B2 (returned by
the second MOD function) is added to the above total.
The result is a time value, formatted as "[hh]:mm", that represents the
weekday hours between the two date and time values in cell A2 & B2.

The NETWORKDAYS function is included in the Analysis ToolPak
Separating Dates and Times

¾ Problem:
The values in column A are combined dates and times.
We want to create two new columns of data: one containing the date and
the other containing the time.
¾ Solution:
To extract dates, use the INT function as shown in the following
formula:
=INT(A2)
Enter the above formula in column B and format as "mm/dd/yyyy".
To extract times, use the MOD function as shown in the following
formula:
=MOD(A2,1)
Enter the above formula in column C and format as "h:mm".
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
132
Explanation:
Date and time values are stored in Excel as numbers, where the integer
part represents the date, and the fraction part represents the time.
) Formula Extracting Dates (Column B)
The INT function rounds the number representing the date and time
value in cell A2 down to the nearest integer.
Thus, it returns the date stored in cell A2.
) Formula Extracting Times (Column C)
The MOD function divides the number representing the date and time
value in cell A2 by 1, and returns the remainder (the fraction part of
the number).
Thus, it returns the time stored in cell A2.
Creating a Date and Time Matrix

¾ Problem:
Listed in column A are the dates and times of doctor’s appointments.
Column B contains the corresponding patient’s name for each
appointment.
We want to use this data to create a matrix in cells D1:G10, where each
column is a date and each row is a time.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
133
Chapter 3
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX, MATCH, and TEXT functions as shown in the following
Array formula:
{=INDEX($B$2:$B$18,MATCH(TEXT(E$1,"mmddyyyy")&TEXT($D2,"hh:m
m"),TEXT($A$2:$A$18,"mmddyyyy")&TEXT($A$2:$A$18,"hh:mm"),0))}
Enter the above formula in cell E2, copy it down the column and across
to column G.

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
134
Explanation:
The first TEXT function formats the date in E1 as "mmddyyyy" and
The second TEXT function formats the time in D2 as "hh:mm" and
Those two text values are joined into a single string, representing the date
and time in E2 and D2.
Similarly, the following expression returns an Array consisting of the
string representing each date and time value in column A (A2:A18)
TEXT($A$2:$A$18,"mmddyyyy")&TEXT($A$2:$A$18,"hh:mm").
The format of each string in the Array is identical to the format of the
string created above.
The MATCH function returns the position of the string created above
(representing the date in E2 and the time in D2) within the Array.
If the string does not appear in the Array, it returns the #N/A error.
The INDEX function returns the value from B2:B18 (patient name) that is
stored in the position calculated by the MATCH function.
Thus, it returns the name of the patient whose appointment is on the date
stored in E1 and the time specified in D2.
If there is no appointment listed in columns A & B for the date and time in
E1 and D2, the formula returns the #N/A error.
To complete the matrix and return the patient name for each date & time
combination, copy the formula to range E2:G10 (the references of the
cells containing the date and time criteria will update accordingly).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
135
Chapter 3
Wages, Shifts & Time Worked

Creating a Timesheet
¾ Problem:
Creating a timesheet which calculates the number of hours worked each
day and a sum of the total hours worked.
¾ Solution:
Create 3 columns containing the following data:
Date (column A), Time In (column B), Time Out (column C).
In the 4th column (Number of Hours), enter the following formula:
=(C2-B2+(C2<B2))*24
To sum the total number of hours worked, use the SUM function as
=SUM(D2:D7)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
136
Explanation:
) Number of Hours Formula (cell D2):
The Time In in cell B2 is subtracted from the corresponding Time Out
in cell C2, returning a time value that represents the time worked for
the date in cell A2.
If that Time Out is earlier than its corresponding Time In, a negative
time value is returned.
The following expression returns "1" (TRUE) if the Time Out in cell C2
is earlier than its corresponding Time In (cell B2) and "0" (FALSE) if it
isn’t:
C2<B2
The number returned by the above expression (1/0) is then added to
the time value calculated above.
Thus, if the Time Out is earlier than the Time In, 1 (representing a full
day) will be added to the negative time value returned above, and a
positive time value will be returned.
Finally, the time value calculated above (time worked) is multiplied
by 24 to convert it to its decimal equivalent.
Thus, the number of hours worked for the date in cell A2 will be
returned.
) Total Hours Formula (cell D9):
The SUM function adds all the values in the range cells D2:D9, which
consists of the number of hours worked for each date in column A.
Finding the First Login and Last Logout Times

of Employees
¾ Problem:
Range cells A2:C10 contains the IDs and login and logout times of
various employees.
Each person can log in and out several times a day.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
137
Chapter 3
We want to find the first time each employee logged in and the last time
they logged out.
¾ Solution:
To find the first login time for each unique ID in A13:A16, use the
MAX function as shown in the following Array formula:
{=1/MAX((A13=$A$2:$A$10)*($B$2:$B$10<>0)*(1/$B$2:$B$10))}
To find the last logout time for each unique ID in D13:D16, use the
MAX function as shown in the following Array formula:
{=MAX(($A$2:$A$10=D13)*($D$2:$D$10))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
138
Explanation:
) First Login Time Formula (cell B13):
The following expression returns an Array consisting of "1" (TRUE) for
each ID in column A (A2:A10) that matches the ID entered in cell
A13, and "0" (FALSE) for every ID that doesn’t:
A13=$A$2:$A$10
The following expression divides 1 by the number representing each
Login Time in column B (B2:B10) and returns the results in a single
Array:
1/$B$2:$B$10
The corresponding values in the above Arrays are multiplied and an
Array containing the results is returned.
The MAX function returns the maximum value in that Array.
That value is the quotient of 1 divided by the number representing the
first Login Time of the ID in cell A13.
Finally, 1 is divided by the number returned by the MAX function,
returning the first Login Time of the ID entered in cell A13.
) Last Logout Time Formula (cell E13):
each ID in column A (A2:A10) that matches the ID entered in cell
D13, and "0" (FALSE) for every ID that doesn’t:
$A$2:$A$10=D13
Each value (1/0) in that Array, representing an ID in column A, is
multiplied by the number representing the corresponding Logout
Time in column D, and the products are returned in a single Array.
Thus, that Array includes the Logout time for every ID in column A
that matches the ID entered in cell D13, and "0" for every ID that
doesn’t.
The MAX function returns the maximum value in that Array.
Thus, it returns the last Logout Time of the ID entered in cell D13.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
139
Chapter 3
Calculating Total Time Worked on a

Specific Day
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain the dates and times that a person signed in and
out of work.
We want to create a new column containing the date and the calculated
time that was worked on that day.
¾ Solution:
Use the TEXT and TRUNC functions as shown in the following formula
=TEXT(TRUNC(A2)+(B2-A2),"mm""/""dd""/""yy"" - ""hh"" Hrs ""mm"" Mins
""")
The above formula performs the desired time calculation and uses the
TRUNC function to return the relevant date.
Explanation:
The TRUNC function truncates the number representing the date and time
in cell A2 (Time In) to an integer.
Thus, it returns the date stored in cell A2.
The date and time value in cell A2 (Time In) is subtracted from the
corresponding date and time in cell B2 (Time Out), the difference
represents the time worked.
The date returned by the TRUNC function and the time calculated above
are joined into a single date and time value.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
140
The TEXT function formats that date and time value as "mm""/""dd""/""yy""
- ""hh"" Hrs ""mm"" Mins """ and converts it to text.
Thus, it returns a string indicating the date and the time worked with
respect to the Time In and Time Out values in cells A2 & B2.
Calculating Hours Worked

¾ Problem:
Columns A:C contain ID’s, dates and times. Each row indicates the time a
particular person signed in or out of work.
We want to determine which of the entries in column C are times signed
in and which are times signed out, and then we want to calculate the
number of hours worked by each person.
¾ Solution:
To determine whether a time represents signing in or out, enter the
CHOOSE, MAX, and ROW functions as shown in the following Array
formula in column D:
{=CHOOSE(MAX((A2=$A$2:$A$9)*(ROW()<>ROW($A$2:$A$9))*((B2&C
2)<($B$2:$B$9&$C$2:$C$9)))+1,"Time Out","Time In")}
Thus, "Time In" or "Time Out" will be displayed next to each time shown
in column C.
Then, to calculate the number of hours worked by each person, use the SUM
and IF functions as shown in the following Array formula in column E:
{=SUM(IF(D2="Time Out",(A2=$A$2:$A$9)*($D$2:$D$9="Time In")*(C2-
$C$2:$C$9),0))}
Thus, the number of worked hours will be displayed next to the "Time
Out" indicator matching each ID.

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
141
Chapter 3
Explanation:
) Formula in Column D:
The following expression returns an Array consisting of "1" for every
row in the range that meets the following three conditions, and "0" for
every row that doesn’t:
(A2=$A$2:$A$9)*(ROW()<>ROW($A$2:$A$9))*((B2&C2)<($B$2:$B$
9&$C$2:$C$9))
1. Column A contains the same ID as in cell A2.
2. The date and time in columns B & C are later than those in cells
B2 & C2.
3. The number of the row is different to that of the current row (2).
The MAX function returns the maximum number in that Array (1/0).
If "0" is returned, it indicates that there isn’t another row in the range
that contains an earlier time for the ID in cell A2.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
142
Thus, the time listed in the current row (2) is the Time In for the ID in
cell A2.
If "1" is returned, it indicates that, in a different row, there is an earlier
time for the ID in cell A2.
Thus, the time listed in the current row (2) is the Time Out for the ID
in cell A2.
The CHOOSE function returns the Nth string out of the two entered in
the formula ("Time Out","Time In"), where N is the number returned
by the MAX function plus1.
Thus, the formula determines whether the time in cell C2 represents
signing in or out, and returns a string indicating the result.
) Formula in Column E:
The IF function determines whether or not the string in cell D2 is
"Time Out". If it isn’t, it returns 0 (representing a 00:00 time value). If
it is, it returns the result of the following expression:
(A2=$A$2:$A$9)*($D$2:$D$9="Time In")*(C2-$C$2:$C$9)
The above expression calculates the difference between the time
value in cell C2 (Time Out) and the time value in column C that
meets the following two conditions:
1. Its corresponding string in column D is "Time In".
2. Its corresponding ID in column A is the same as that in cell A2.
Thus, it calculates the difference between the Time Out in cell C2 and
its matching Time In in column C. That difference represents the time
worked by the ID shown in cell A2.
The IF function returns the result of the above expression, which is an
Array consisting of the time worked, calculated for the time value in
column C meeting the above conditions, and a "0" for every other
time value in column C.
The SUM function adds all the values in the Array returned by the IF
function, and thus returns the calculated time worked.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
143
Chapter 3
Hence, the formula returns a 0:00 time value next to "Time In"
indicators in column D, and the time worked for each "Time Out"
indicator.
Calculating the Number of Hours Worked

Based on a System of Letter Codes
¾ Problem:
Column B contains a list of letters which are codes for the hours worked
on each of the days listed in column A.
"N" indicates a 9 hour day, "H" indicates a 4 hour day and "V" indicates
no hours were worked that day.
We want to calculate the total number of hours worked during the week.
¾ Solution:
Use the COUNTIF function as shown in the following Formula:
=COUNTIF(B2:B8,"N")*9+COUNTIF(B2:B8,"H")*4
Explanation:
The first COUNTIF function counts the number of values in column B
that are equal to "N". The result is then multiplied by 9.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
144
The second COUNTIF function counts the number of values in column B

that are equal to "H". The result is then multiplied by 4.
Finally, the results of those calculations are added together, creating the
total number of worked hours.
Calculating Total Pay, Based on Hours Worked

Per Day and Hourly Rates
¾ Problem:
Listed in columns A & B are the times an employee signed in and out of
work each day.
Column C contains the rate per hour for that particular day.
We want to calculate the employee’s total pay.
¾ Solution 1:
To calculate the number of hours worked per day, enter the following
formula in column D:
=B2-A2+(A2>B2)
Then calculate the pay per day by entering the following formula in
column E:
=C2*D2*24
Finally, use the SUM function as shown in the following formula to sum
the results from column E:
=SUM(E2:E7)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
145
Chapter 3
¾ Solution 2:
Use the SUM function as shown in the following Array formula:
{=SUM((B2:B7-A2:A7+(A2:A7>B2:B7))*24*C2:C7)}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
146
Explanation to Solution 1:
) Worked Hours Formula (Column D):
The Time In in cell A2 is subtracted from the corresponding Time Out
in cell B2, returning a time value that represents the time worked for
that day.
If that Time Out is earlier than its corresponding Time In, a negative
time value is returned.
The following expression returns "1" (TRUE) if the Time Out in cell B2
is earlier than its corresponding Time In (A2) and "0" (FALSE) if it isn’t.
A2>B2
The number returned by the above expression is then added to the
time value calculated above.
Thus, if the Time Out is earlier than the Time In, 1 (representing a full
day) will be added to the negative time value returned above (the
difference), and a positive time value (time worked) will be returned.
) Pay per Day Formula (Column E):
The time worked, stored in cell D2, is multiplied by 24 to convert it to
its decimal equivalent.
Then, it is multiplied by the hourly rate in cell C2 to calculate the pay
for that day of work.
) Total Pay Formula (cell A10):
The SUM function adds the values in the range E2:E7, which consists
of the pay for each day of work.
Thus, it returns the total pay.
The following expression returns an Array consisting of the difference
between each Time Out in column B (cells B2:B7) and the corresponding
Time In from column A:
B2:B7-A2:A7
Thus, an Array of time values is returned, representing the time worked
on each day.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
147
Chapter 3
If a particular Time Out is earlier than its corresponding Time In, a

negative time worked will be calculated.
each Time Out in column B that is earlier than its corresponding Time In
column A and "0" (FALSE) for each Time Out that isn’t:
A2:A7>B2:B7
The corresponding values in the two above Arrays are added together,
and a single Array containing the results is returned.
Thus, 1 (representing a full day) will be added to any negative time values
in the first Array, converting them to positive values.
Each result in the Array, representing the time worked for a particular day,
is then multiplied by 24 to convert it to its decimal equivalent, and also
by the corresponding rate from column C (cells C2:C7).
Thus, an Array is returned consisting of the pay for each day.
The SUM function adds the values in that Array and returns the total pay.
Calculating Daily Pay, Incorporating Variable

Hourly Rates
¾ Problem:
Columns B & C contain the times signed in and out of work for each date
in column A.
Column D contains the following formula, which calculates the number
of worked hours per day:
=(C2-B2)*24
Range A11:B12 contains 2 types of hourly rates - one for weekdays and
one for weekends.
In addition, for both of those types there is an overtime rate (cells
C11:C12), which is paid for every hour over 8 daily hours.
We want to calculate the daily pay for each of the dates listed in column A.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
148
¾ Solution:
Use the WEEKDAY, MAX, and MIN functions as shown in the following
formula:
=IF(WEEKDAY(A2,2)<=5,MAX(D2-
8,0)*$C$11+MIN(D2,8)*$B$11,MAX(D2-8,0)*$C$12+MIN(D2,8)*$B$12)
Explanation:
The following expression calculates the pay for the worked hours in cell
D2, based on the weekday rate:
MAX(D2-8,0)*$C$11+MIN(D2,8)*$B$11
8 is subtracted from the number of worked hours in cell D2, in order to
calculate the number of overtime hours.
If the number of worked hours is smaller than 8 (no overtime), a negative
number is returned.
The MAX function returns the maximum of the calculated number of
overtime hours and 0.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
149
Chapter 3
The number returned by the MAX function is then multiplied by the

weekday overtime rate in cell C11, in order to calculate the pay for
overtime hours.
The MIN function returns the minimum of the number of worked hours in
cell D2 and 8.
Thus, it returns the number of normal (non-overtime) worked hours.
That number is then multiplied by the weekday normal rate to calculate
the pay for normal hours.
Finally, the overtime pay calculated above and the normal pay is added
together, returning the total pay for the hours worked in cell D2.
Similarly, the following expression calculates the pay for the worked
hours in cell D2, based on the weekend rate:
MAX(D2-8,0)*$C$12+MIN(D2,8)*$B$12
The WEEKDAY function returns a number between 1 & 7, representing
the day of the week that corresponds with the date in cell A2 (1
representing Monday).
If the number returned by the WEEKDAY function is smaller than 5
(Friday) or equal, the IF function returns the result of the first expression
(weekday pay). Otherwise, it returns the result of the second expression
(weekend pay).
Thus, the daily pay is returned for the date in cell A2.
Determining Whether a Person Worked a Full

or Partial Shift
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain times signed in and out of work.
A full shift includes at least 8 hours; any period less than 8 hours is
considered a partial shift.
We want to determine the type of shift corresponding with each pair of
time values.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
150
¾ Solution:
Use the IF and TIME functions as shown in the following formula:
=IF(IF(B2<A2,B2+1-A2,B2-A2)>TIME(8,0,0),"Full Shift","Partial Shift")
Explanation:
The second IF function determines whether or not the Time Out in cell
B2 is earlier than its corresponding Time In in cell A2.
If it is, the IF function calculates the difference between cells B2 and A2
(the time worked) and adds 1 (representing a full day) to convert it from
negative to positive.
Otherwise, it simply calculates the difference between cells B2 and A2.
Thus, it returns a time value representing the time worked.
The TIME function returns a time value representing 8 hours (8:00).
The first IF function determines whether the time worked (returned by the
second IF function) is greater than 8 hours (returned by the TIME
function). If it is, the string "Full Shift" is returned. Otherwise, "Partial
Shift" is returned.
Thus, the formula determines the type of shift that corresponds with the
pair of time values in cells A2 & B2, and returns a string indicating the
result.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
151
Chapter 3
Determining Whether a Worked Shift Was

Morning, Afternoon or Night
¾ Problem:
We want to use the sign-in times from column A to determine whether a
person was starting a morning, an afternoon, or a night shift.
For times before 12:00, the formula should return "Morning Shift".
For times between 12:00 and 16:00 the formula should return "Afternoon
Shift".
For times after 16:00, the formula should return "Night Shift".
¾ Solution:
Use the IF and TIME functions as shown in the following formula:
=IF(A2<TIME(12,0,0),"Morning Shift",IF(A2<TIME(16,0,0),"Afternoon
Shift","Night Shift"))
Explanation:
The first TIME function returns the time value "12:00".
The first IF function determines whether or not the Time In in cell A2 is
earlier than 12:00.
If it is, the IF function returns the string "Morning Shift". Otherwise, it
returns the result of the second IF function.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
152
The second IF function determines whether or not the Time In shown in

cell A2 is earlier than 16:00 (returned by the second TIME function).
If it is, the IF function returns the string "Afternoon Shift". Otherwise, it
returns "Night Shift".
Counting the Number of Shifts in a Specified

Week that an Employee Worked Overtime
¾ Problem:
Each row in columns A & B represents a shift worked during the first
week of the year.
Column A identifies an employee, and column B lists the number of
hours that employee worked on that shift.
Each employee may work any number of shifts per week, and they may
be of variable length.
Columns C & D contain similar information for the second week of the
year, and so on.
For any given employee and week number (cells A12:B14), we want to
be able to calculate the number of overtime shifts (i.e. over 8 hours) that
were worked.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUMPRODUCT and OFFSET functions as shown in the following
formula:
=SUMPRODUCT((OFFSET($A$3:$A$9,0,2*(B12-1))=A12)*(OFFSET
($B$3:$B$9,0,2*(B12-1))>8))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
153
Chapter 3
Explanation:
The first OFFSET function offsets column A (cells A3:A9) by as many
columns to the right as calculated by the following expression:
2*(B12-1)
The result of that expression represents the number of columns between
columns A and the ID column for the week specified in cell B12.
Thus, the OFFSET function returns the reference of the ID column for the
week specified in cell B12.
Every value (ID) in that column is compared with the ID entered in cell
A12. That comparison yields an Array consisting of "1" (TRUE) for each
value that matches that ID and "0" (FALSE) for each value that doesn’t.
Similarly, the second OFFSET function returns the reference of the Hours
column for the week specified in cell B12.
Every value (# Hours) in that column is compared with 8. That
comparison yields an additional Array consisting of "1" for each value that
is greater than 8 and "0" for each value that isn’t.
The SUMPRODUCT function adds the products of the corresponding
values (1/0) in the two Arrays created above.
The result represents the number of overtime shifts (i.e. over 8 hours) that
the employee shown in cell A12 worked in the week specified in cell B12.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
154
Calculating the Number of Hours per Month,

Allowing for Daylight-Saving Shifts
¾ Problem:
Calculating the number of hours that constitute each month (serial
number) listed in column A.
One hour should be subtructed to April due to the shift to daylight saving
time.
Similarly, one hour should be added from October’s total due to the shift
back to standard time.
¾ Solution:
Use the DAY, EOMONTH, and DATE functions as shown in the following
formula:
=DAY(EOMONTH(DATE(2005,A2,1),0))*24-(A2=4)+(A2=10)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
155
Chapter 3
Explanation:
The DATE function returns the date of the first day of the month specified
in cell A2, for the year 2005.
The EOMONTH function calculates the date 0 months after the date
returned by the DATE function, and returns the last day of the month per
that date. Thus, it returns the date of the last day of the month specified in
cell A2.
The DAY function returns the day part of that date, thus representing the
number of days in the month entered in cell A2.
That number of days is then multiplied by 24 to calculate the total
number of hours constituting the month in cell A2.
The following expression returns "1" (TRUE) if the month number in cell
A2 equals 4 (April) and "0" (FALSE) if it doesn’t:
A2=4
Similarly, the following expression returns "1" (TRUE) if the month
number in cell A2 equals 10 (October) and "0" (FALSE) if it isn’t:
A2=10
The result of the first expression (returning "1" for April), is subtracted
from the total number of hours calculated above, and the result of the
second expression (returning "1" for October) is added.
Thus, if the month in cell A2 is April (4), one hour is subtracted from the
total due to the shift to daylight saving time.
If the month is October (10) one hour is added due to the shift back to
standard time.
Thus, the formula calculates the number of hours in the month in cell A2,
allowing for daylight-saving shifts.

The EOMONTH function is included in the Analysis ToolPak Add-In.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
156
Counting Vacation or Sick Days within a

Specified Time Period
¾ Problem:
Listed in column A are dates when an employee was absent.
Column B contains a letter, indicating the type of each absence (V for
vacation, S for sick).
We want to count the number of vacation days that occurred during the
last 90 days.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM and TODAY functions in the Array formula:
{=SUM(((TODAY()-A2:A8)<=90)*(B2:B8=C2))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Date & Time
157
Chapter 3
Explanation:
The TODAY function returns today’s date.
between today’s date and each date in column A (cells A2:A8):
TODAY()-A2:A8
Each value in that Array, representing the number of days between
today’s date and a particular date in column A, is compared with 90.
That comparison yields an Array consisting of "1" (TRUE) for every
number in the Array that is smaller than or equal to 90, and "0" (FALSE)
for every number that isn’t.
The following expression returns an additional Array consisting of "1"
(TRUE) for every value in column B (cells B2:B8) that matches the
absence type specified in cell C2 ("V") and "0" (FALSE) for every value that
doesn’t:
B2:B8=C2
The corresponding values (1/0) in the two Arrays created above are
multiplied and a single Array, consisting of the results, is returned.
The SUM function adds the values in that Array.
The result represents the number of vacation days in column B (absence
type ="V") that occurred during the last 90 days.
Calculating Hourly Productivity

¾ Problem:
Column B contains time values representing the hours worked by each
salesperson in column A.
Column C shows the number of items each salesperson sold during that
time.
We want to calculate the hourly productivity (Items Sold/Hours Worked)
for each salesperson.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
158
¾ Solution:
As time values in Excel are stored as fractions of 24 (an entire day), we
must first multiply the times in column B by 24 in order to convert them
to decimal values.
Hence, we calculate productivity as shown in the following formula:
=C2/(B2*24)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:55:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:34:00 AM
Lookup
159
Chapter 4
Chapter 4
Lookup
About This Chapter
This chapter provides information on the issues and problems involved

with the use of Lookup formulas, and includes the following sections:
) Retrieving Data Using Text References, page 160: The formulas in
this section retrieve data using row & column references, defined
names, sheet names, and dates as references. You will learn how to
retrieve data from a specific cell in multiple sheets and from another
Excel workbook by using text references.
) Retrieving Data Using One Criterion, page 170: This section contains
more than 20 examples of retrieving data using one criterion and
includes: retrieving by position or by maximum/minimum value in a
list, retrieving from a dynamic list, retrieving every nth value, and
more.
) Retrieving Data Using Two Criteria, page 196: This section contains
formulas that retrieve items using two criteria. For example, retrieving
sale price using item name and color.
) Retrieving an Entire Row of Data, page 201: The formulas in this
section retrieve the data from all cells in a row.
) Retrieving Data from Two Different Lists, page 204: This section
contains a formula that uses criteria to retrieve data from two different
lists.
) Complex Retrieval Problems, page 206: This section deals with
formulas that use column or row headers to retrieve data. There is
also a formula that retrieves values from a grid.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
160
Retrieving Data Using Text

References
Retrieving Values Using References Based on
Row and Column Numbers
¾ Problem:
Columns C & D contain pairs of row and column numbers representing
some of the cells in Data Range (A2:B5).
We want to create a cell reference from each pair of numbers in columns
C & D and then retrieve the value stored in that cell.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDIRECT and ADDRESS functions as shown in the following
formula:
=INDIRECT(ADDRESS(C2,D2))
Explanation:
The ADDRESS function returns a text value representing a cell reference
based on the row and column numbers in cells C2 & D2.
The INDIRECT function returns the data stored in the reference indicated
by that text value.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
161
Chapter 4
Retrieving Each Second Number from Two Lists

¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain two lists of numbers.
We want to create a formula that first retrieves a value from List1, then
one from List2, and so on down the columns.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDIRECT, IF, MOD, and ROW functions as shown in the
following formula:
=INDIRECT(IF(MOD(ROW(),2)=0,"A"&ROW(),"B"&ROW()))
Explanation:
The ROW() function returns the row number of the current cell. The
MOD function then divides that number by 2 and returns the remainder.
If the row number is even (remainder=0), the IF function returns a string
composed of the letter "A" and the current row number.
Otherwise, it returns a string composed of the letter "B" and the current
row number.
Finally, the INDIRECT function returns the reference indicated by the
result of the IF function.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
162
Retrieving Values Using Range Names as

References (1)
¾ Problem:
Column A contains two range Names that have been defined for two cells
in Sheet1 of Book1.xls.
We want to create a formula to retrieve the values stored in each of these
range Names.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDIRECT function as shown in the following formula:
=INDIRECT("[Book1.xls]Sheet1’!"&A2&"")
Note: Book1.xls must be open.
Explanation:
The Workbook name, Sheet name, and Range name (entered in cell A2)
are joined into a single text value.
The INDIRECT function returns the reference indicated by that text value.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
163
Chapter 4
Retrieving Values Using Range Names as

References (2)
¾ Problem:
First3 and Last3 are the defined Names for ranges A2:A4 and A5:A7
respectively.
We want to create a formula that will look up each of the values listed in
column B for one of the defined Names listed in column C.
¾ Solution:
Use the VLOOKUP and INDIRECT functions as shown in the following
formula:
=VLOOKUP(B2,INDIRECT(C2),1,FALSE)
Explanation:
The INDIRECT function returns the range reference indicated by the text
value in cell C2 (Named Range).
The VLOOKUP function then looks in the first column of that range for
the value stored in cell B2 and returns it if a match is found.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
164
Retrieving Values from Different Sheets Using

the Sheet Name as a Reference
¾ Problem:
Listed in columns A & B are first and last names.
Each of those names has a matching worksheet, named in the following
format: "FirstName LastName".
We want to create a formula to retrieve the cell A1 from the sheet that
matches each name.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDIRECT function as shown in the following formula:
=INDIRECT("’"&A2&" "&B2&"’!A1")
Explanation:
The first name (cell A2), last name (cell B2), and cell reference (cell A1)
are combined into a single string, which represents a sheet name and cell
reference to retrieve.
The INDIRECT function then returns the reference indicated by that text
value.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
165
Chapter 4
Retrieving Values from another Sheet Using

Date as Sheet Name Reference
¾ Problem:
The dates entered in column A ("mmm-yy") refer to sheets with
corresponding names (mmyy).
We want to create a formula to retrieve value in cell A1 from a sheet
referred to by each of the dates in column A.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDIRECT and TEXT functions as shown in the following
formula:
=INDIRECT(TEXT(A2,"mmyy")&"’!A1")
Explanation:
The TEXT function formats the date in cell A2 to as "mmyy" and converts
it to a text value. That text is combined with the text "A1" to represent the
worksheet and cell reference to retrieve.
The INDIRECT function returns the reference indicated by that string.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
166
Retrieving a Specific Cell from Multiple Sheets

¾ Problem:
We want to copy the contents of cell A1 from Sheets1-5 into row 2 of the
current sheet.
That is, cell C2 of the current sheet is to contain the value stored in cell
A1 of Sheet1, cell D2 is to contain the value from Sheet2, and so on.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDIRECT and COLUMN functions as shown in the following
formula:
=INDIRECT("Sheet" & COLUMN()-COLUMN($C$2)+1 & "’!$A$1")
Explanation:
The COLUMN functions return the column number of the current cell
(COLUMN()) and of cell C2 (COLUMN ($C$2)).
Those column numbers are then used to calculate a sheet number.
The text value "Sheet" is combined with the calculated sheet number and
the desired cell reference ("$A$1") to create a single string.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
167
Chapter 4
Retrieving Values from another Excel

Workbook Using Text References
¾ Problem:
Listed in column A are the path, file name, sheet name, and cell reference
for a range containing pairs of numbers and letters.
We want to lookup each of the numbers in column C in the range
specified in column A and retrieve the matching letters.
¾ Solution:
To retrieve the values listed in column C in the range specified in column
A, use the VLOOKUP and INDIRECT function as shown in the following
formula:
=VLOOKUP(C2,INDIRECT("’"&$A$2&"\["&$A$5&".xls]"&$A$8&"’!"&$A
$11),2,FALSE)
Note: Book5.xls must be open.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
168
Explanation:
Use the INDIRECT function to create a reference from the data in column A.
To refer to a range in a different workbook, use the following syntax in
the INDIRECT formula:
’Drive:\Folder\[WorkbookName.xls]SheetName’!Range
Note that the full path (Drive:\Folder\[WorkbookName.xls]SheetName) is
enclosed in single quotes and followed by the "!" sign, separating it from
the range.
The workbook name must be enclosed in brackets ("[]") and include the
".xls" ending.
All of these elements are required in order for INDIRECT to return the
proper information when referring to a different workbook.
(Drive and folder may be omitted if they are the same as those of the file
currently in use).
The following INDIRECT formula refers to the range specified in column A:
=INDIRECT("’"&$A$2&"\["&$A$5&".xls]"&$A$8&"’!"&$A$11)
The data in cells A2, A5, A8 & A11 is joined into a single string, which
represents a range reference in a different workbook.
The VLOOKUP function looks for the value stored in cell C2 in the first
column (column A) of the range reference returned by the INDIRECT
function, and retrieves the corresponding value from the second column
(column B).
Retrieving the Price for a Specified Item and a

Specified Brand
¾ Problem:
Retrieving the matching price of the item shown in cell A2, for the
specific brand entered in cell B2.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
169
Chapter 4
Following are the prices for each possible combination:

Item,Brand,Price
Jeans, Diesel, $85
Jeans, Levis, $80
Jeans, Lee, $70
T-Shirt, Sacks, $7
T-Shirt, Gap, $5
T-Shirt, Old Navy, $3
¾ Solution:
Use the IF and LOOKUP functions as shown in the following formula:
=IF(A2="Jeans",LOOKUP(B2,{"Diesel","Lee","Levis";85,70,80}),IF(A2="T-
Shirt",LOOKUP(B2,{"Gap","Old Navy","Sacks"},{5,3,7})))
Explanation:
Each LOOKUP function (one for each item type) searches in its respective
Array for the brand entered in cell B2 and returns the matching price.
Depending on the item type stored in cell A2, the IF functions determine
which of the two LOOKUP functions is used.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
170
Retrieving Data Using One Criterion

Retrieving from List by Position
¾ Problem:
Sorting List1 (column A) according to position numbers as shown in
column B.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX function as shown in the following formula:
=INDEX($A$2:$A$6,B2)
Explanation:
The INDEX function returns the value from List1 at the position specified
in cell B2.
Ranking Salespeople According to Sales Figure

¾ Problem:
Range A1:B6 contains salespeople’s names and their total number of sales.
We want to rank the top 3 salespeople according to their sales
performance.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
171
Chapter 4
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX, MATCH, and LARGE functions as shown in the following
formula:
=INDEX($A$2:$A$6,MATCH(LARGE($B$2:$B$6,A9),$B$2:$B$6,0))
Explanation:
The LARGE function returns the kth highest sales figure in cells B2:B6,
where kth is the rank specified in cell A9.
The MATCH function returns the position (row number) of that sales
figure within column B.
Finally, the INDEX function returns the name stored in the corresponding
position in column A.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
172
Retrieving the Player Who Scored the Highest

Number of Points
¾ Problem:
Column B contains the number of points scored by each player listed in
column A.
We want to retrieve the name of the player who scored the highest
number of points.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX, MATCH, and MAX functions in the following formula:
=INDEX(A2:A9,MATCH(MAX(B2:B9),B2:B9,0))
Explanation:
The MAX function returns the maximum value in column B (cells B2:B9).
The MATCH function returns the position of that value within cells B2:B9.
Finally, the INDEX function returns the value stored in the corresponding
position in column A (cells A2:A9).
Thus, it returns the name of the player who scored the highest number of
points.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
173
Chapter 4
Retrieving File Name by Matching a Given

Page Number in a Book
¾ Problem:
The typed manuscript of a book was divided into five files.
Columns B & C contain the numbers of the first and last page included in
each of the files.
We want to retrieve the file name corresponding to each page number
listed in column E.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX and MATCH functions as shown in the following formula:
=INDEX($A$2:$A$6,MATCH(E2,$B$2:$B$6))
Explanation:
The MATCH function returns the position (row number within column B)
of the start page that is closest to (and smaller than) the page number in
cell E2.
The INDEX function returns the file name that is stored in the
corresponding position in column A.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
174
Retrieving Grade Value for Corresponding

Mark
¾ Problem:
Column B contains the mark matching each of the grades shown in
column A.
We want to grade each mark in column D by finding the mark closest to it
in column B, and then retrieving the corresponding grade from column A.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX, MIN, IF, ABS, and ROW functions as shown in the
following Array formula:
{=INDEX($A$2:$A$6,MIN(IF(ABS($B$2:$B$6-D2)=MIN(ABS($B$2:$B$6-
D2)),ROW($B$2:$B$6)-ROW($B$2)+1)),1)}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
175
Chapter 4
Explanation:
The ABS function returns an Array containing the absolute differences
between each mark in column B and the mark to grade in cell D2.
The second MIN function returns the smallest number in that Array.
Thus, it calculates the minimal absolute difference between any mark in
column B and the mark to grade in cell D2.
The IF determines whether or not the difference between each mark in
column B and the mark entered in cell D2 equals that minimal difference,
and returns an Array of the row numbers (calculated by the ROW
function) of all the marks that satisfy that condition.
The MIN function then returns the smallest number in that Array, which is
the row number of the mark in column B that is closest to the one entered
in cell D2.
Finally, the INDEX function retrieves the grade from column A that is
stored in the position indicated by that row number.
Thus returning the grade that corresponds to the mark that is closest to the
one entered in cell D2.
Retrieving the Most Frequent Occurrence for

Each Category
¾ Problem:
Each number in column B is designated to one of the categories A, B, or
C. In different instances, the same number can be ascribed to any of the
three categories.
Column A shows the category for each of the numbers in column B.
We want to find the number that occurs most frequently for each
category.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
176
¾ Solution:
Use the MODE and IF functions as shown in the following Array formula:
{=MODE(IF($A$2:$A$12=D2,$B$2:$B$12))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The IF function returns an Array containing all the numbers in column B
having a corresponding value in column A that matches the criteria stored
in cell D2.
The MODE function returns the value within that Array that occurs most
frequently.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
177
Chapter 4
Retrieving the Last Value and the Last

Character in a Row
¾ Problem:
Range B2:F7 contains characters and numbers, each in an individual cell.
Some of the cells in the range may be empty.
We want to retrieve both the last value (of any type) and the last character
that appears in each row of the range.
¾ Solution:
To find the last character for each row, use the HLOOKUP and REPT
functions as shown in the following formula in column H:
=HLOOKUP(REPT("z",10),B2:F2,1)
To find the last value (of any type) in each row, use the INDEX, MAX,
IF, and COLUMN functions as shown in the following Array formula
in column I:
{=INDEX(B2:F2,1,MAX(IF(B2:F2<>"",COLUMN(B2:F2)))-
COLUMN(B2)+1)}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
178
Explanation:
) Last Character Formula:
The REPT function returns a string in which the letter "z" is repeated
10 times ("zzzzzzzzzz").
The HLOOKUP function then looks for that string in row 2 (cells
B2:F2), and returns the character closest to it within the row (i.e. the
last character in the row).
) Last Value Formula:
The IF function returns an Array consisting of the column numbers
(calculated by the COLUMN functions) of all the non-blank cells in
row 2 (cells B2:F2).
The MAX function returns the largest number in that Array (i.e. the
column number of the last non-blank cell in the row).
The INDEX function retrieves the value from row 2 that is stored in
the position indicated by that column number.
Retrieving the Last Value in a Dynamic List

¾ Problem:
Column A contains a list of numbers that is being continually added to at
its base.
We want to create a formula that will retrieve the last value in the column
and automatically update when a new number is added.
¾ Solution:
Use the OFFSET and COUNTA functions as shown in the following
formula:
=OFFSET(A1,COUNTA($A:$A)-1,0)
Note:
The formula will only work correctly when there are no empty cells
within the list.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
179
Chapter 4
Explanation:
The COUNTA function returns the number of values (non-blank cells) in
column A.
The OFFSET function offsets the reference "A1" as many rows as the
number calculated by the COUNTA function, minus 1.
Thus, the reference of the last non-blank cell in the column is returned.
Retrieving the Value of the First Non-Blank

Cell in a List
¾ Problem:
Retrieving the value of the first non-blank cell in Range1 (cells A2:A7).
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX and MATCH functions as shown in the following Array
formula:
{=INDEX(A2:A7,MATCH(TRUE,A2:A7<>"",0))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
180
Explanation:
The MATCH function returns the position (row number) of the first cell in
Range1 for which "TRUE" is the result of the following expression:
A2:A7<>""
(i.e. the position of the first non-blank cell).
The INDEX function then returns the value from Range1 stored in that
position.
Retrieving the Most Recent Payment Made by

Client
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B list all the pay dates of various clients.
We want to retrieve the date of the most recent payment made by each of
the clients listed in column D.
¾ Solution:
Use the MAX and IF functions as shown in the following Array formula:
{=MAX(IF($A$2:$A$8=D2,$B$2:$B$8))}
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
181
Chapter 4

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The IF function returns an Array containing the pay dates (column B)
corresponding to all the values in column A that match the client criteria
(cell D2).
The MAX function returns the maximum date within that Array.
Retrieving the Closest Larger / Closest Smaller

Values from a List when there is No Exact
Match
¾ Problem:
Listed in cells B2:B5 are values to look up in column A.
We want to create formulas to look up each value and, in the case of
there being no exact match, return the closest larger and the closest
smaller number that is in the list.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
182
¾ Solution:
To find the closest larger number or an exact match in column A, use
the SMALL and COUNTIF functions as shown in the following
formula:
=SMALL($A$2:$A$7,COUNTIF($A$2:$A$7,"<"&B2)+1)
To find the closest smaller number or an exact match in column A,
use the LARGE and COUNTIF functions as shown in the following
formula:
=LARGE($A$2:$A$7,COUNTIF($A$2:$A$7,">"&B2)+1)
Explanation:
) Formula for Closest Larger Value:
The COUNTIF function returns the number of values in column A
that are smaller than the lookup value in cell B2.
The SMALL function returns the kth smallest number in column A,
where kth is the number calculated by the COUNTIF function, plus 1.
) Formula for Closest Smaller Value:
The COUNTIF function returns the number of values in column A
that are larger than the lookup value in cell B2.
The LARGE function returns the kth largest number in column A,
where kth is the number calculated by the COUNTIF function, plus 1.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
183
Chapter 4
Retrieving the First Value in a List that is

Greater / Smaller than a Specified Number
¾ Problem:
We want to use each of the numbers in column C as criteria when
searching through List1 (column A). For each search, we want to retrieve
the first number from the list that is greater than the current criteria, and
also the first number that is smaller.
¾ Solution:
formulas:
First greater value -
{=INDEX($A$2:$A$7,MATCH(TRUE,$A$2:$A$7>C2,0))}
First smaller value -
{=INDEX($A$2:$A$7,MATCH(FALSE,$A$2:$A$7>C2,0))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
184
Explanation:
) Formula for First Greater Value:
The MATCH function returns the position (row number) of the first
cell in column A for which "TRUE" is the result of the following
expression:
$A$2:$A$7>C2
(i.e. the first cell containing a value larger than the criteria in cell C2).
The INDEX function then returns the value from column A stored in
that position.
) Formula for First Smaller Value:
The MATCH function returns the position (row number) of the first
cell in column A for which "FALSE" is the result of the following
expression:
$A$2:$A$7>C2
(i.e. the first cell containing a value smaller than the criteria in cell C2).
The INDEX function then returns the value from column A stored in
that position.
Finding the Maximal / Minimal String, Based

on Alphabetic Order
¾ Problem:
Finding the maximal and minimal name (text) within List1 (column A),
based on alphabetic order of the first character of each name (text).
¾ Solution:
To retrieve the maximal name within column A, use the INDEX,
MATCH, MAX, and COUNTIF functions as shown in the following
Array formula:
{=INDEX(A2:A8,MATCH(MAX(COUNTIF(A2:A8,"<"&A2:A8)),COUN
TIF(A2:A8,"<"&A2:A8),0))}
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
185
Chapter 4
To retrieve the minimal name within column A, use the INDEX,

MATCH, MIN, and COUNTIF functions as shown in the following
Array formula:
{=INDEX(A2:A8,MATCH(MIN(COUNTIF(A2:A8,"<"&A2:A8)),COUNT
IF(A2:A8,"<"&A2:A8),0))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The COUNTIF function returns an Array containing the number of names
in column A that are smaller (based on alphabetic order) than each name
listed in the column.
The MAX/MIN function returns the largest/ smallest number in that array,
representing the largest/ smallest name.
The MATCH function then returns the position (row number) of that
number within the Array returned by the COUNTIF function.
Finally, the INDEX function returns the name from column A that is
stored in the row number returned by the MATCH function.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
186
Retrieve Value Using Case-Sensitive Lookups

¾ Problem:
Listed in the range A2:B7 are characters and their corresponding ASCII
codes.
Note that upper and lower case forms of the same letter are assigned
different codes.
We want to be able to find the code from cells B2:B7 that provides a
case-sensitive match for each character in cells A11:A13.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX, MATCH, and EXACT functions as shown in the following
Array formula:
{=INDEX($B$2:$B$7,MATCH(TRUE,EXACT(A11,$A$2:$A$7),0))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
187
Chapter 4
Explanation:
The EXACT function checks whether the character in cell A11 is an exact
(case sensitive) match of any of the characters in cells A2:A7.
It then returns an Array of TRUE/FALSE results, one for each character in
cells A2:A7.
The MATCH function returns the position of the first "TRUE" within that
Array. (i.e. the position of the first character in cells A2:A7 that is an exact
match of the one in cell A11).
Finally, the INDEX function returns the code from column B that is stored
in the corresponding position.
Retrieving the Minimal / Maximal Values from

a Filtered List
¾ Problem:
An auto filter is set for List1 (column A) and List2 (column B).
When setting the filter of List1 to "2", the number "5" is the minimal value
displayed in List2.
However, when using the MIN function, a minimal value of "2" is
returned, which is not among the filtered data.
We want to create a formula to find the true minimal value within the
filtered data, one that updates with every change of filter.
¾ Solution:
To retrieve the minimal value use the SUBTOTAL function as shown
=SUBTOTAL(5,B13:B21)
To retrieve the maximal value use the SUBTOTAL function as shown
=SUBTOTAL(4,B13:B21)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
188
Explanation:
The SUBTOTAL function returns a subtotal for a list or database.
To add a subtotal to a filtered list and ignore any hidden values, use the
numbers 1-11 as the first argument of the function (new from Excel
version 2003).
To include hidden numbers in your subtotal, use the numbers 101-111 as
the first argument.
The screenshot (Excel 2003 version) provides an explanation of the
various argument numbers that are available to be used in the SUBTOTAL
function.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
189
Chapter 4
Retrieving Smallest Nth Value Match within

a List
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain matching pairs of numbers and letters.
Each number in column A may appear multiple times, on each occasion
with a different corresponding letter.
We want to search the data and retrieve the letter corresponding to the
nth match of specified numbers from column A. Column C specifies the
number to search for, and column D specifies the particular match
required.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX, SMALL, IF, and ROW functions as shown in the
{=INDEX($B$2:$B$12,SMALL(IF($A$2:$A$12=C2,ROW($B$2:$B$12)-
ROW($B$2)+1),D2))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
190
Explanation:
The IF function returns an Array containing the positions (returned by
ROW function) of all the values in column A that are equal to the number
in cell C2.
The SMALL function returns the kth smallest number within that array,
where kth is the match number to retrieve (cell D2).
Finally, the INDEX function returns the value from column B that is stored
in the row number returned by the SMALL function.
Finding Every Third Number and Returning the

Largest of Them
¾ Problem:
We want to scan List1 (Column A) for every third number and then
determine which of them is the largest.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
191
Chapter 4
¾ Solution:
Use the MAX, IF, MOD, and ROW functions as shown in the following
Array formula:
{=MAX(IF(MOD(ROW($A$2:$A$10)-ROW($A$2)+1,3)=0,$A$2:$A$10))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The ROW functions are used to calculate the serial numbers matching
each value in List1, based on the row number of each value.
The MOD function divides each of those serial numbers by 3, and returns
the remainder.
The IF function returns an Array containing all the values in column A
which calculated serial numbers are divisible by 3 (i.e. an Array
containing every third value from List1).
The MAX function returns the largest value in that Array.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
192
Retrieving the Nth Value in a Row / Column

¾ Problem:
For each value of n from column C, we want to retrieve the nth value in
row 1 (B1:I1), as well as the nth value in column A (A4:A11).
¾ Solution:
To retrieve the nth value in the column, use the OFFSET function as
shown in the following formula in column D:
=OFFSET($B$1,0,C4-1)
To retrieve the nth value in the row, use the OFFSET function as
shown in the following formula in column E:
=OFFSET($A$4,C4-1,0)
Explanation:
The OFFSET function returns a reference that is offset from the given
reference ($B$1/$A$4) by as many columns/rows as the number in cell
C4, minus 1.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
193
Chapter 4
Retrieving Every Nth Value in a Range

¾ Problem:
Creating a new list (List2), which consists of every 3rd value from List1.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX and ROW functions as shown in the following formula:
=INDEX($A$2:$A$13,(ROW()-2)*3+3)
Explanation:
The ROW() function returns the row number of the current cell.
That number is then used to calculate the next position (row number) that
is a multiple of 3.
The INDEX function returns the value in List1 that is stored in that
position.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
194
Retrieve the Distance between Any Two Cities

from Distance Table
¾ Problem:
Range A1:G7 contains a table of the respective distances (miles) between
6 cities.
We want to use that table to retrieve the distance between each origin
and destination pair shown in cells A10:B13.
¾ Solution:
=INDEX($A$1:$G$7,MATCH(A10,$A$1:$A$7,0),MATCH(B10,$A$1:$G$
1,0))
Explanation:
The first MATCH function (used as the row_num argument of the INDEX
function) returns the position (row number) of the origin (cells A1:A7)
entered in cell A10. The second MATCH function (used as the
column_num argument of the INDEX function) returns the position
(column number) of the destination (cells A1:G1) entered in cell B10.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
195
Chapter 4
The INDEX function retrieves the value from cells A1:G7 that is stored at
the intersection of the row and column numbers calculated by the
MATCH functions.
Retrieving Matching Values from Not

Adjacent List
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain numbers and matching letters.
However, rather than being adjacent, each letter in column B is shifted
down one row with respect to its matching number in column A.
We want to retrieve the matching letter for each number.
¾ Solution:
=INDEX($B$2:$B$7,MATCH(C2,$A$2:$A$7,0)+1)
Explanation:
The MATCH function returns the position (row number) in column A of
the lookup value (cell C2).
The INDEX function returns the letter in column B that is stored one row
down from that position.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
196
Retrieving Data Using Two Criteria

Retrieving an Item from a List that Meets
Multiple Criteria (1)
¾ Problem:
Range1 (A3:C7) contains file names with their matching types and sizes.
Range2 (A12:B16) contains a similar list of file names but with matching
types only.
We want to find the appropriate file sizes from Range1 by matching each
pair of file names and types from both ranges.
¾ Solution:
formula:
{=INDEX($C$3:$C$7,MATCH(A12&B12,$A$3:$A$7&$B$3:$B$7,0))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
197
Chapter 4
Explanation:
The MATCH function looks in Range1 ($A$3:$A$7&$B$3:$B$7) for each
pair of file names and types from Range2 (A12&B12).
On finding a match, it returns the position (row number) of that value
within Range1.
The INDEX function then returns the value found in the corresponding
position in column C of Range1 ($C$3:$C$7).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
198
Retrieving an Item from a List that Meets

Multiple Criteria (2)
¾ Problem:
Range A2:C7 contains a list of items and their corresponding colors and
prices.
We want to find the name of the first Blue item that costs less than $200.
¾ Solution:
formula:
{=INDEX(A2:A7,MATCH(1,(B2:B7=D2)*(C2:C7<D3)))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The MATCH function returns the position (row number) of the first pair of
Color & Price values that meet the criteria in cells D2 & D3 (Blue, costs
less than $200).
The INDEX function then returns the Item in column A from the
corresponding position.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
199
Chapter 4
Retrieving Sale Price Based on Item and Color

Criteria
¾ Problem:
Cells A1:C5 contain color and price data for a range of items.
We want to find the matching price for each pair of item and color values
entered in cells A9:B11.
¾ Solution:
formula:
{=INDEX($C$2:$C$5,MATCH(1,($A$2:$A$5=A9)*($B$2:$B$5=B9),0))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
200
Explanation:
Item & Color values that meet the criteria in cells A9 & B9 (Sneakers,
Red).
The INDEX function then returns the Price found in the corresponding
position in column C.
Retrieving a Price from a List that Matches both

Category and Item Criteria
¾ Problem:
Columns A:C contain the prices of various items in different categories.
We want to retrieve the price matching each category/item pair shown in
columns E & F.
¾ Solution:
formula:
{=INDEX($C$2:$C$6,MATCH(E2&F2,$A$2:$A$6&$B$2:$B$6,0))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
201
Chapter 4
Explanation:
Category & Item values in columns A & B that meet the criteria in cells
E2 & F2.
The INDEX function returns the value (Price) found in the corresponding
position in column C.
Retrieving an Entire Row of Data

Retrieving the Entire Row of a Matched Value
¾ Problem:
The range A1:E6 contains ID, name, gender, and age data for a group of
people.
We want to lookup the data range for each ID listed in column G and
retrieve all data from the matching row.
¾ Solution 1:
Use the VLOOKUP function as shown in the following Array formula:
{=VLOOKUP(G2,$A$2:$E$6,{2,3,4,5},FALSE)}
Select range H2:K2 and enter the above Array formula.
Then, copy/paste the formula from cells H2:K2 to H3:K4.

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
¾ Solution 2:
Use the INDEX and MATCH functions as shown in the following formula
in cell H7:
=INDEX(B$2:B$6,MATCH($G2,$A$2:$A$6,0),1)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
202
Copy the formula and paste it to all cells in the range H7:K9.
The VLOOKUP function searches the first column of range A2:E6 for the
ID entered in G2 and returns the corresponding values from the next four
columns, as follows:
The value in column B (first name) is returned into cell H2.
The value in column C (last name) is returned into cell I2.
The value in column D (gender) is returned into cell J2.
The value in column E (age) is returned into cell K2.
The MATCH function returns the position (row number) within column A
of the ID entered in cell G2.
The INDEX function returns the value found in the corresponding position
in column B (i.e. the First Name matching the ID in cell G2).
On copying the formula to the next cell in the row (from cell H7 to cell
I7)), the INDEX function will update accordingly and return a value from
the next column in the range (i.e. the Last Name from column C).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
203
Chapter 4
Returning the Entire Contents of the Row

Containing the Highest Math Grade
¾ Problem:
Each row of columns B:E contains data on a student’s ID, year, subject,
and grade.
We want to find the highest math mark in the data range and retrieve all
the information from that particular row.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX, MATCH, and MAX functions as shown in the following
Array formula:
{=INDEX(B2:B6,MATCH(MAX(($E$2:$E$6)*($D$2:$D$6="Math")),$E$2:$
E$6,0))}
Copy the formula from cell B8 to cells C8:E8.

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
204
Explanation:
The MAX function returns the highest Grade for those IDs that have
"Math" values in column D.
The MATCH function returns the position (row number) of that grade
within column E.
Finally, the INDEX function returns the value stored in the same position
in column B (Student ID).
The column from which the INDEX function returns a value will change
to match the column containing the formula. Thus, on copying the
formula to cell C8, the INDEX function will retrieve the corresponding
year from column C, and so on.
Retrieving Data from Two Different

Lists
Retrieving a Price Value by Looking at Two
Difference Data Tables
¾ Problem:
Listed in range1 (A4:B6) and range2 (D4:E6) are clothing items and their
prices.
Cell B9 contains the name of an item from one of the ranges.
We would like to perform a lookup on both ranges, find the relevant item,
and return the matching price.
¾ Solution:
Use the ISNA and VLOOKUP functions as shown in the following
formula:
=IF(ISNA(VLOOKUP(B9,A4:B6,2,FALSE)),VLOOKUP(B9,D4:E6,2,FALSE),
VLOOKUP(B9,A4:B6,2,FALSE))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
205
Chapter 4
Explanation:
The first VLOOKUP function looks up the first column of range1 (A4:B6)
for the item entered in cell B9, and returns its matching price.
Similarly, the second VLOOKUP function looks up range2 (D4:E6) for the
same item.
If the lookup value is not found in the lookup range, the function returns
the #N/A error.
The ISNA function determines whether or not the value calculated by the
first VLOOKUP function is the #N/A error, and returns TRUE/FALSE
accordingly.
If the result of the ISNA function is TRUE (i.e. the item was not found in
range1), the IF function returns the result of the second VLOOKUP
function. Otherwise (i.e. the item was found in range1), the result of the
first VLOOKUP function is returned.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
206
Complex Retrieval Problems

Retrieving the Column Header of the Next
Non-Blank Cell in a Row
¾ Problem:
Row 2 lists amounts payable over a twelve month period.
A blank cell in the row indicates that no payment is due that month.
We want to create a new row that, for each month, will display the name
of the month in which the next payment is due.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX, MATCH, MIN, IF, and COLUMN functions as shown in
the following Array formula:
{=INDEX(C1:M1,MATCH(MIN(IF(C2:M2<>"
",COLUMN(C2:M2))),COLUMN(C2:M2)))}
Enter the formula in cell B3 and copy/paste it across the row from cell B3
up to cell M3.

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The IF function returns an Array containing the column numbers
(calculated by the COLUMN function) of all the non-blank cells in cells
C2:M2.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
207
Chapter 4
The MIN function returns the smallest value in that Array.

The MATCH function returns the position of that number within the Array
of column numbers, which is the position of the first non-blank cell
within cells C2:M2.
The INDEX function returns the value that is stored in the corresponding
position in cells C1:M1 (i.e. the header of the next non-blank cell).
Finding the First Value in a Row and Retrieving

the Header for That Column
¾ Problem:
Columns B:G contain the monthly payments for the first half of the year
that were made for each investment in column A.
The payments for each investment may start or end on any of the months.
We want to retrieve the month on which payments for each investment
started.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX, MIN, IF, and COLUMN functions as shown in the
{=INDEX($B$1:$G$1,MIN(IF(B2:G2<>"",COLUMN($B$1:$G$1)-
COLUMN(B1)+1)))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
208
Explanation:
The IF function returns an Array containing the positions (column
numbers, calculated by the COLUMN functions) of all the non-blank cells
in cells B2:G2
The MIN function returns the smallest value in that Array, which is the
position of the first non-blank cell in row 2.
The INDEX function returns the value stored in the corresponding position
in row 1 (i.e. the column header of the first non-blank cell in row 2).
Retrieving the Column Header that

Corresponds with a Matched Value
¾ Problem:
Looking up the range A2:C5 for each of the values listed in column E, and
retrieving the corresponding column header for each match.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX, SUMPRODUCT, MAX, and COLUMN functions as
=INDEX($A$1:$C$1,
SUMPRODUCT(MAX(($A$2:$C$5=E2)*(COLUMN($A$2:$C$5))))-
COLUMN($A$1)+1)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
209
Chapter 4
Explanation:
The following expression returns an Array containing the column number
of each value in cells A2:C5 that matches the look up value (cell E2), and
a "0" (FALSE) for each value that does not.
($A$2:$C$5=E2)*(COLUMN($A$2:$C$5))
The MAX function returns the largest number in that Array (the column
number).
The SUMPRODUCT function returns that column number after having
the column number of the first cell in the range (calculated by the second
COLUMN function) subtracted from it and adding 1.
Thus, the position of that column within range A2:C5 is returned.
Finally, the INDEX function retrieves the value in row 1 that is stored in
the corresponding position (i.e. the column header of the matched value).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
210
Retrieving the Column Header of the Largest

Value in a Row
¾ Problem:
Range A1:E5 contains four players’ scores in four games.
Each column from B to E contains the scores of one player for each of the
four games listed in column A. The column header corresponds to the
name of that particular player.
We want to add a new column (F) that contains the name of the winner of
each game.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX, MATCH, and MAX functions as shown in the following
formula:
=INDEX($B$1:$E$1,1,MATCH(MAX(B2:E2),B2:E2,0))
Explanation:
The MAX function returns the highest value from cells B2:E2.
The MATCH function returns the position (column number) of that value
within cells B2:E2.
The INDEX function returns the value stored in the corresponding
position in row 1 (i.e. the header of the highest score in Game1).
Thus, the name of the winner is returned in cell F2.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
211
Chapter 4
Retrieving a Value from a Reference Grid,

Using Indexes Listed in another Range
¾ Problem:
The numbers in Data Range (A1:E6) are arrayed in a reference grid of 4
columns and 5 rows.
Each row in Index Range (A9:B12) contains a pair of values referring to
the row and column of a number in Data Range.
We want to find the number in Data Range referred to by each pair of
indexes in Index Range.
¾ Solution 1:
Use the OFFSET and MATCH functions as shown in the following
formula:
=OFFSET($A$1,MATCH(B9,$A$1:$A$6,0)-1,MATCH(A9,$A$1:$E$1,0)-1)
¾ Solution 2:
formula:
{=INDEX($A$1:$E$6,MATCH(B9,$A$1:$A$6),MATCH(A9,$A$1:$E$1))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
212
Explanation to Solution1:
The first MATCH function returns the position (row number) within
column A (the index column) of the index value entered in cell B9.
The second MATCH function returns the position (column number)
within row 1 (the index row) of the index value entered in cell A9.
The OFFSET function offsets the reference "A1" by as many rows as the
number calculated by the first MATCH function, minus 1, and as many
columns as the number calculated by the second MATCH function,
minus 1.
Thus, the reference of the cell referred to by the pair of indexes is
returned.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Lookup
213
Chapter 4
The first MATCH function returns the position (row number) within
column A (the grid’s index column) of the row index value entered in
cell B9.
The second MATCH function returns the position (column number)
within row 1 (the grid’s index row) of the column index value entered in
cell A9.
The INDEX function retrieves the value from cells A1:E6 that is stored at
the intersection of the row and column calculated by the MATCH
functions.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
214
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:00:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 10:50:00 AM
Logical & Errors
215
Chapter 5
Chapter 5
Logical & Errors
About This Chapter
This chapter deals with formulas that use Logical functions and also those
that are used for the handling of Errors. It includes the following sections:
) Reducing Complexity of IF Functions, Page 216: This section
contains three examples of how to reduce the number of IF functions
used when creating logical formulas.
) Using OR, AND Functions, Page 221: This section contains formulas
that use the OR & AND logical functions to meet multiple criteria.
) Handling Errors, Page 224: This section provides solutions for
avoiding errors such as #VALUE! and #DIV/0! when using formulas.
) Handling Errors with the VLOOKUP Function, Page 234: This section
demonstrates techniques on preventing errors when using the
VLOOKUP function.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
216
Reducing Complexity of IF
Functions
Simplifying Formulas by Reducing the
Complexity of IF Functions (1)
¾ Problem:
The range A2:C8 contains rows of numbers. For each row, we want an
indication of how many of the following conditions are met:
1. Num1 (column A) = 2
2. Num2 (column B) = 4
3. Num3 (column C) = 6
The following formula based on nested IF functions, is very complex:
=IF(A2=2,IF(B2=4,IF(C2=6,"All Conditions","Two
Conditions"),IF(C2=6,"Two Conditions","One Condition")),
IF(B2=4,IF(C2=6, "Two Conditions","One Condition"),IF(C2=6,"One
Condition","None of the Conditions")))
Is there a simpler way to achieve the same results?
¾ Solution:
Use the CHOOSE function as shown in the following formula:
=CHOOSE((A2=2)+(B2=4)+(C2=6)+1,"None of the Conditions","One
Condition","Two Conditions","All Conditions")
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
Logical & Errors
217
Chapter 5
Explanation:
The CHOOSE function returns the nth item in a list of values.
The first argument of the function is N, while the rest of the arguments are
a list of values comprising the results to be returned.
N, in this case, is the result of the following calculation:
Each of the following three expressions returns "1" (TRUE) if the value
stored in the specified cell equals the indicated number, and "0" (FALSE) if
it doesn’t:
A2=2
B2=4
C2=6
The results of the three expressions are added together (creating a count
of the met conditions) and 1 is added to the total.
Depending on the value of N (1 to 4), the CHOOSE function returns the
nth member of the list of strings making up the return arguments.
Thus, in this case, the CHOOSE function returns an appropriate string
indicating how many conditions have been met by each row.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
218
Simplifying Formulas by Reducing the

Complexity of IF Functions (2)
¾ Problem:
The range A2:A4 lists the three primary colors.
To find which of the various colors in column B are primary colors, we
could use the following IF formula:
=IF(OR(B2=A2,B2=A3,B2=A4),"Primary Color","Not a Primary Color").
However, such a formula would become increasingly complex as the
number of values in column A increases.
¾ Solution:
Use the IF and OR functions as shown in the following Array formula:
{=IF(OR(B2=$A$2:$A$4),"Primary Color","Not a Primary Color")}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The following expression returns an Array consisting of TRUE for every
value in cells A2:A4 that equals the value stored in cell B2 and FALSE for
every other value:
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
Logical & Errors
219
Chapter 5
B2=$A$2:$A$4
The OR function returns TRUE if any of the results in that Array are TRUE.
Otherwise, it returns FALSE.
Thus, it returns TRUE if the color in cell B2 appears in the Primary Colors
list (cells A2:A4) and FALSE if it doesn’t.
If TRUE is returned, the IF function returns the string "Primary Color".
Otherwise, it returns "Not a Primary Color".
Hence, the Array formula allows us to compare one value with a range of
other values, without having to specify each individual comparison, as
was the case in the original formula.
Create Conditional Formula

¾ Problem:
We want to create a conditional formula that will return TRUE if there is
at least one number in List1 greater than the value in cell D1. Otherwise
the formula will return FALSE.
¾ Solution 1:
Use the following formula:
=($A$2>D1)+($A$3>D1)+($A$4>D1)>0
¾ Solution 2:
Use the OR function as shown in the following Array formula:
{=OR($A$2:$A$4>D1)}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
220
Each of the following three expressions returns "1" (TRUE) if the value
stored in the specified cell is greater than the value in cell D1, and "0"
(FALSE) if it isn’t:
$A$2>D1
$A$3>D1
$A$4>D1
If the sum of all three expressions is greater than 0, TRUE is returned.
Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
Thus, TRUE will be returned if there is at least one number in List1 greater
than the number in cell D1.
value in cells A2:A4 that is greater than the value stored in cell D1 and
FALSE for every value that isn’t:
$A$2:$A$4>D1
The OR function returns TRUE if any of the results in that Array are TRUE.
Thus, TRUE will be returned if there is at least one number in List1 greater
than the number in cell D1.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
Logical & Errors
221
Chapter 5
Using OR, AND Functions

Nesting OR & AND Functions to Meet Multiple
Criteria (1)
¾ Problem:
We want to create a formula that returns "1" if Num1=10 and either
Num2=5 or Num3=2.
Otherwise, the formula is to return "0".
¾ Solution:
Use the IF, AND, and OR functions as shown in the following formula:
=IF(AND(A2=10,OR(B2=5,C2=2)),1,0)
Explanation:
The OR function returns TRUE if either cell B2 equals 5 or cell C2 equals
2. Otherwise, it returns FALSE.
The AND function returns TRUE if both cell A2 equals 10 and the result
of the OR function is TRUE.
If TRUE is returned by the AND function, the IF function returns "1".
Otherwise, it returns "0".
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
222
Nesting OR & AND Functions to Meet Multiple

Criteria (2)
¾ Problem:
We want to check whether or not each value in List1 (column A) meets
both of the following criteria:
1. The number must be even.
2. The number must be smaller than 3 or larger than 8.
¾ Solution:
Use the AND, MOD, and OR functions as shown in the following
formula:
=AND(MOD(A2,2)=0,OR(A2<3,A2>8))
Explanation:
The MOD function divides the number in cell A2 by 2 and returns the
remainder. Even numbers will have a remainder of 0.
The OR function returns TRUE if the number in cell A2 is either smaller
than 3 or greater than 8.
The AND function returns TRUE only if the MOD function equals 0 and
the OR function is TRUE. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
Logical & Errors
223
Chapter 5
Checking for the Presence of Specified Values

within a Range.
¾ Problem:
Creating a formula that will return TRUE if each number in column E
appears at least once in the range A2:C6.
If any of the specified numbers are missing, the formula will return FALSE.
¾ Solution:
Use AND and COUNTIF functions in the following Array formula:
{=AND(COUNTIF(A2:C6,E2:E10))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The COUNTIF function returns an Array consisting of the number of
times each value in column E (cells E2:E10) appears in the range A2:C6.
A count of 0 represents a number in column E that does not appear in
cells A2:C6, and any other count represents a number that does.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
224
The AND function returns TRUE if all the numbers (counts) in the Array
are not equal to 0 (0 represents a FALSE argument in logical functions).
Otherwise (if there is at least one 0 in the Array), it returns FALSE.
Thus, the formula returns TRUE if each of the numbers in column E
appears at least once in range A2:C6, and FALSE if any of them are
missing.
Handling Errors
Ignoring Blank Cells when Performing
Calculations
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain numbers as well as empty cells.
We want to be able to multiply each number in column A with the
matching number in Column B without getting false results or errors.
¾ Solution:
Use IF, AND, and ISNUMBER functions in the following formula:
=IF(AND(ISNUMBER(A2), ISNUMBER(B2)),A2*B2,"")
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
Logical & Errors
225
Chapter 5
Explanation:
The first ISNUMBER function determines whether or not the value stored
in cell A2 is a number and returns TRUE/FALSE accordingly.
The second ISNUMBER function determines whether or not the value
stored in cell B2 is a number and returns TRUE/FALSE accordingly.
The AND function returns TRUE only if both ISNUMBER functions
returned TRUE (both cell A2 and cell B2 contain numbers).
If TRUE is returned by the AND function, the IF function multiplies cell
A2 by cell B2 and returns the result. Otherwise, it returns a blank cell (" ").
Thus, if one or both of the cells in columns A & B are blank, the formula
returns a blank cell, rather than an error or 0.
Avoiding the #VALUE! Error when Adding Cells

that May Contain Blanks
¾ Problem:
The following formula:
=IF(A5>0,B5+C5-A5)
Returns the #VALUE! error because an inadvertent blank space is stored
in cell B5.
¾ Solution:
Use the IF and SUM functions as shown in the following formula:
=IF(A5>0,SUM(B5:C5)-A5)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
226
Explanation:
The SUM function adds all the values in range B5:C5, disregarding any
cells that contain blanks.
Thus, the blank in cell B5 does not cause any errors.
The IF function determines whether or not the value in cell A5 is greater
than 0.
If so, the IF function returns the result of the SUM function after
subtracting the value stored in cell A5.
Avoiding #DIV/0! Errors when Dividing by

Zero
¾ Problem:
The following simple formula, which divides Num1 (column A) by Num2

(column B):
=A2/B2
Returns a #DIV/0! error whenever Num2 is empty or equals zero.
We want to avoid these errors being displayed.
¾ Solution:
Use the IF function as shown in the following formula:
=IF(B2=0,"",A2/B2)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
Logical & Errors
227
Chapter 5
Explanation:
The IF function determines whether or not cell B2 equals zero (i.e. the
value stored in B2 = 0 or the cell is empty).
If so, the IF function returns a blank value (" "). Otherwise, cell A2 is
divided by cell B2 and the result returned.
Thus, the display of #DIV0! errors for invalid values is prevented.
Ignoring #DIV/0! Errors when Performing

Calculations
¾ Problem:
Column C contains a formula that divides each number in column A by
the corresponding number in column B:
=A2/B2
The formula returns the #DIV/0! error for each empty cell in column B.
When using the AVERAGE function to calculate an average for column C
(=AVERAGE(C2:C7)), the errors present within the range prevent the
formula from calculating a correct result, and it returns #DIV/0! as well.
Therefore, we want to create a formula that ignores the cells containing
#DIV/0! errors when averaging the results in column C.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
228
¾ Solution:
Use AVERAGE, IF, and ISERROR functions in the following Array
formula:
{=AVERAGE(IF(ISERROR(C2:C7),"",C2:C7))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The ISERROR function returns an Array containing TRUE for each value
in column C (C2:C7) that is an error and FALSE for each value that isn’t.
For each TRUE in the ISERROR Array, the IF function returns a blank (" ").
For each FALSE, it returns the corresponding number from column C.
Thus, it returns an Array containing all the valid values in column C and
blanks for all the non-valid values.
The AVERAGE function returns the average of all the values in that Array,
disregarding the blanks.
Hence, it ignores the cells containing #DIV0! errors when averaging the
results in column C.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
Logical & Errors
229
Chapter 5
Eliminating Errors Resulting from If Functions

with Multiple Conditions
¾ Problem:
The following formula returns FALSE, even though both conditions are
true (i.e. cell A2=5 and cell B2=8):
=IF(A2=5&B2=8,TRUE,FALSE)
¾ Solution:
Use the IF and AND functions as shown in the following formula:
=IF(AND(A2=5,B2=8),TRUE,FALSE)
Explanation:
The "&" symbol cannot be used in Excel to express a combination of
conditions.
To express such a combination, use the AND function.
The AND function returns TRUE only if both cell A2 equals 5 and cell B2
equals 8.
If TRUE is returned, the IF function returns the text TRUE, otherwise, it
returns the text FALSE.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
230
Avoiding Errors when Using the And Function

to Combine Multiple Conditions in Array
Formulas
¾ Problem:
The following Array formula was designed to calculate the average
difference between each pair of values in columns A & B (providing both
cells are not empty):
{=AVERAGE(IF(AND(ISNUMBER(A1:B5),ISNUMBER(A1:B5)),A1:A5-
B1:B5))}
However, an incorrect result of "0" is returned.
¾ Solution:
Use the AVERAGE, IF, and ISNUMBER functions as shown in the
{=AVERAGE(IF(ISNUMBER(A1:A5)*ISNUMBER(B1:B5),A1:A5-B1:B5))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
Logical & Errors
231
Chapter 5
Explanation:
In order to express a combination of multiple conditions in an Array
formula, use the "*" operator rather than the AND function.
The two ISNUMBER functions in the formula determine whether or not
each cell in column A and column B contains a numeric value and return
TRUE/FALSE accordingly.
The IF function returns an Array containing the difference between each
pair of cells in columns A & B, for which TRUE was returned by both
ISNUMBER functions (i.e. the cells in column A and column B both
contain numeric values).
The AVERAGE function returns the average of the numbers in that Array.
Thus, the formula returns the average difference between each pair of
values in columns A & B (providing both cells are not empty).
Avoiding Errors when Counting Date Values

that Meet Specified Criteria
¾ Problem:
The range A2:B9 contains a series of dates and the corresponding number
of hours worked on each of them.
An empty cell in column B that matches a date in column A indicates that
0 hours were worked on that day.
The range may also include blank rows.
The following formula was created to count the number of days in
January for which 0 hours were worked:
=SUMPRODUCT((MONTH(A2:A9)=1)*(ISBLANK(B2:B9)))
However, an incorrect result of 3 was returned.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUMPRODUCT, MONTH, ISBLANK, and ISNUMBER functions
as shown in the following formula:
=SUMPRODUCT((MONTH(A2:A9)=1)*(ISBLANK(B2:B9))*(ISNUMBER(A
2:A9)))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
232
Explanation:
The incorrect result occurs because Excel considers empty date cells to be
January 1900 dates.
Thus, each empty cell in column A was included in the count of January
dates.
To avoid that error and ignore empty cells, the ISNUMBER function was
added to the formula.
The MONTH function returns the month number of each date in column A.
If that number equals "1" (January), TRUE is returned; all other months
return FALSE.
The ISBLANK function determines whether or not each value in column B
is blank, and returns TRUE/FALSE accordingly.
The ISNUMBER function determines whether or not each value in
column A is numeric, and returns TRUE/FALSE accordingly.
Finally, the SUMPRODUCT function returns the count of all the rows in
range A2:B9 for which all three expressions returned TRUE.
Thus, a count is returned of all the days in January for which 0 hours were
worked.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
Logical & Errors
233
Chapter 5
Avoiding Errors when Subtracting Times

¾ Problem:
In order to calculate the difference between two time values, the earlier
time must be subtracted from the later one.
However, when the later time refers to the following day (with respect to
the earlier time), an error will result.
We want to create a formula that avoids these errors when calculating the
difference between any two time values.
¾ Solution:
Use the MOD function as shown in the following formula:
=MOD(B2-A2,1)
Note:
Apply hh:mm format to all cells containing the formula.
Explanation:
As time values are stored in Excel as fractions of 24 (1 hour=1/24), the
result of B2-A2 is a positive or negative fraction.
The MOD function divides that fraction by 1 (representing 24 hours) and
returns the remainder.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
234
When dividing a fraction (positive or negative) by 1, the remainder is the

absolute value of that fraction.
Thus, the MOD function always returns a positive time difference.
Handling Errors with the VLOOKUP

Function
Preventing a VLOOKUP Function from
Returning an Error when an Exact Match is Not
Found
¾ Problem:
We want to create a formula to check whether each number in column B
appears in List 1 (Column A).
For each successful search, the formula should return that number.
However, if an exact match is not found, the formula should return a text
message to that effect, rather than an error.
¾ Solution:
Use the IF, ISERROR, and VLOOKUP functions as shown in the following
formula:
=IF(ISERROR(VLOOKUP(B2,$A$2:$A$9,1,FALSE)),"Number Not
Found",VLOOKUP(B2,$A$2:$A$9,1,FALSE))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
Logical & Errors
235
Chapter 5
Explanation:
The VLOOKUP function looks up column A for the number stored in B2
and returns that value if a match is found. If the value is not found, the
function returns the #N/A error.
The ISERROR function determines whether or not the result of the
VLOOKUP function was an error (i.e. whether or not the search was
successful), and returns TRUE/FALSE accordingly.
If TRUE, the IF function returns the string "Number Not Found".
Otherwise, it returns the result of the VLOOKUP function.
Thus, if there is no exact match, the formula returns the text "Number Not
Found", rather than an error.
Avoiding the Occurrence of Unexpected

VLOOKUP #N/A Errors
¾ Problem:
List1 (A2:A4) and List2 (B2:B4) appear to contain the same values.
However, when using a VLOOKUP function to find values in List2 that
match each value in List1, #N/A errors are returned for each search.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
236
¾ Solutions:
There are several possible solutions:
Use the TRIM function to remove any redundant spaces from the
values in List1: =TRIM(A2)
Use the ROUND function to round the numbers in List1 to the nearest
integer: =ROUND(A3,0)
Use the VALUE function to convert text-formatted numbers to actual
numbers : =VALUE(A4)
Explanation:
The most likely cause of error is that the values from both lists are not
100% identical.
They may have invisible differences such as different formatting,
redundant spaces, etc.
In this case:
) The text in cell A2 has a redundant space at the beginning. Therefore
it does not match the text in cell B4.
Using the TRIM function will remove the space and enable the
VLOOKUP function to find a match.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
Logical & Errors
237
Chapter 5
) Cell A3 apparently contains the number 500. However, the number

stored in that cell is actually 500.2. Therefore, it does not match the
number in cell B2.
Rounding the value in cell A3 to 0 decimal places (using the ROUND
function) will enable the VLOOKUP function to find a match.
) Cell A4 contains the number 700, but it is formatted as text.
Therefore, it is different than the value in cell B3, which is formatted
as a number.
Using the VALUE function on cell A4 will convert it from text to a
number, which will enable the VLOOKUP function to find a match.
Using a VLOOKUP Formula to Check If a

Value Exists
¾ Problem:
Column B contains values to look up in List1 (Column A).
We want to modify the results returned by the VLOOKUP function to
include the lookup term as well as an indication of whether or not the
value was found.
¾ Solution:
Use the IF, ISNA, and VLOOKUP functions as shown in the following
formula:
=IF(ISNA(VLOOKUP(B2,$A$2:$A$7,1,FALSE)),B2&"Not
Found",VLOOKUP(B2,$A$2:$A$7,1,FALSE)&"Found")
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
238
Explanation:
The VLOOKUP function searches List1 for the value stored in cell B2 and
returns it if there is a match.
If that color is not found, the VLOOKUP function returns the #N/A error.
The ISNA function determines whether or not the result of the VLOOKUP
function is the #N/A error and returns TRUE/FALSE accordingly.
If TRUE, the IF function returns a string composed of the look up value
(the color) and the text "Not Found".
Otherwise, it returns a string composed of the result of the VLOOKUP
function (the matched color) and the text "Found".
Thus, in all cases, a string is returned that includes the lookup term as
well as an indication of whether or not the value was found.
Checking If Matching Numbers Exist in

Different Ranges
¾ Problem:
Column A in Range1 contains numbers. Columns A & B in Range2
contain numbers and their matching text.
For each number in Range1, we want to find a match in Range2 and then
copy that number’s corresponding text to column B for Range1.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
Logical & Errors
239
Chapter 5
¾ Solution:
Use the IF, ISNA, and VLOOKUP functions as shown in the following
formula:
=IF(ISNA(VLOOKUP(A3,$A$9:$B$14,1,FALSE)),"Not
Found",VLOOKUP(A3,$A$9:$B$14,2,FALSE))
Explanation:
The VLOOKUP function searches the first column of Range2 for the
number stored in cell A3 (Range1). If successful, the corresponding value
from the second column is returned.
If a match is not found, the VLOOKUP function returns the #N/A error.
The ISNA function determines whether or not the result of the VLOOKUP
function is the #N/A error, and returns TRUE/FALSE accordingly.
If TRUE is returned, the IF function returns the string "Not Found".
Otherwise, it returns the result of the VLOOKUP function (i.e. the text
matching the look up value).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
240
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:01:00 AM
Counting
241
Chapter 6
Chapter 6
Counting
About This Chapter

with the use of COUNT formulas, and includes the following sections:
) The COUNT Formulas, page 242: This section presents the various
COUNT functions: COUNT, COUNTA, COUNTBLANK, and
COUNTIF.
) Counting Using One Criterion, page 244: This section contains
fifteen examples of counting formulas that use a single criterion.
) Counting Using Two Criteria, page 265: This section deals with more
complex counting formulas that use two criteria.
) Complex Counting Problems, page 277: This section provides
solutions to complex counting problems.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
242
The COUNT Functions

Using the COUNT Functions
¾ Problem:
How can we count the cells in List1 (column A) according to the
following criteria:
1. Cell contains a number.
2. Cell is not empty.
3. Cell is empty.
4. Cell contains a number larger than 5.
5. Cell contains text.
6. Cell contains the string "Excel".
7. Cell contains 3 characters only.
¾ Solution:
Use the COUNT, COUNTA, COUNTBLANK, and COUNTIF functions as
shown in the following formulas:
1. =COUNT(A2:A13)
2. =COUNTA(A2:A13)
3. =COUNTBLANK(A2:A13)
4. =COUNTIF(A2:A13,">5")
5. =COUNTIF(A2:A13,"*")
6. =COUNTIF(A2:A13,"*Excel*")
7. =COUNTIF(A2:A13,"???")
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
243
Chapter 6
To replace the criteria specified in the COUNTIF function with a cell

reference containing the desired criteria, include the following operators:
<, >, and = within quotation marks and use the "&" operator to join
(concatenate) them with the cell reference.
The same method can be applied when using the "*" operator (wildcard)
to count cells containing a particular substring.
Thus, with the information stored in C11:C14, the above COUNTIF
functions (4-7) could be modified, as follows:
1. =COUNTIF(A2:A13,">"&C11)
2. =COUNTIF(A2:A13,C12)
3. =COUNTIF(A3:A13,"*"&C13&"*")
4. =COUNTIF(A2:A13,C14)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
244
Counting Using One Criterion

Counting Unique Numeric Values or Unique
Data in a List
¾ Problem:
Counting the number of unique numeric values or unique data in List1,
disregarding blank cells.
¾ Solution1:
To count the number of unique values use the SUM, IF, and FREQUENCY
= SUM(IF(FREQUENCY(A2:A13,A2:A13)>0,1))
¾ Solution 2:
To count the number of unique data use the SUMPRODUCT and
COUNTIF functions as shown the following formula:
=SUMPRODUCT((A2:A13<>"")/COUNTIF(A2:A13,A2:A13&""))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
245
Chapter 6
Explanation:
) Explanation to Solution 1:
The FREQUENCY function returns an Array consisting of the
frequency within the list of each numeric value in List1 (cells
A2:A13).
For the first occurrence of a specific value, the function returns the
number of occurrences of that value. For each occurrence of that
same value after the first, the function returns a zero. Thus, each "0" in
the FREQUENCY Array represents a duplicate of a value that has
already been processed.
The IF function returns an Array consisting of "1" for each value in the
FREQUENCY Array that is greater than 0, and "0" for each value that
isn’t.
The SUM function adds all the numbers in the Array returned by the
IF function.
The result represents the number of unique numeric values in List1.
The COUNTIF function returns an Array containing the number of
times each value (of any type) in List1 (cells A2:A13) appears within a
modified version of List1 which has had a blank (" ") added to the end
of each value.
The blank is added in order to convert any empty cells in List1 to
blanks and, thus, avoid errors in the formula.
every non-blank cell in List1 and "0" (FALSE) for every blank one:
A2:A13<>""
Each value in that Array, representing a value in List1, is then divided
by the corresponding value (count) from the COUNTIF Array, and a
new Array, containing the results, is returned.
The SUM function adds the numbers in that Array.
The result represents the number of unique values (of any type) in
List1.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
246
Counting the Number of Values Below or

Above Average
¾ Problem:
Counting the number of values in List1 (column A) that are below the
range’s average, as well as the number of values above average.
¾ Solution:
Use the COUNTIF and AVERAGE functions as shown in the following
formulas:
To count values below average:
=COUNTIF(A2:A9,"<"&AVERAGE(A2:A9))
To count values above average:
=COUNTIF(A2:A9,">"&AVERAGE(A2:A9))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
247
Chapter 6
Explanation:
) Formula for Values below Average:
The AVERAGE function returns the average of all the values in List1
(cells A2:A9).
The COUNTIF function returns the number of values in List1 that are
smaller than the number returned by the AVERAGE function.
) Formula for Values above Average:
The AVERAGE function returns the average of all the values in List1
(cells A2:A9).
The COUNTIF function returns the number of values in List1 that are
greater than the number returned by the AVERAGE function.
Counting Values that Appear Only Once in

a List
¾ Problem:
Counting the number of values in List1 (column A) that appear only once
within the list.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM, IF, and COUNTIF functions as shown in the following
Array formula:
{=SUM(IF(COUNTIF(A2:A7,A2:A7&"")=1,1,0))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
248
Explanation:
The COUNTIF function returns an Array containing the number of times
each value in List1 (cells A2:A7) appears within a modified version of
List1 which has had a blank (" ") added to the end of each value.
The blank is added in order to convert any empty cells in List1 to blanks
and, thus, avoid errors in the formula.
The IF function returns an Array consisting of "1" for each count in the
COUNTIF Array that equals 1 (representing a value in List1 that appears
only once within the list) and "0" for each count that doesn’t.
The SUM function adds the values in the Array returned by the IF
function.
The result represents the number of values in List1 that appear only once
within the list.
Counting the Number of Times a Specified

Substring Appears within a Range of Strings
¾ Problem:
Counting the total number of times each of the substrings listed in column
B appears within any of the strings in column A.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
249
Chapter 6
¾ Solution:
Use the SUMPRODUCT, LEN, and SUBSTITUTE functions as shown in
=SUMPRODUCT(LEN($A$2:$A$6)- LEN(SUBSTITUTE($A$2:$A$6,B2,"
")))/LEN(B2)
Explanation:
The SUBSTITUTE function returns an Array consisting of all the strings in
column A after they have been modified by having each occurrence of
the substring stored in cell B2 replaced by nothing.
The LEN function creates an Array containing the lengths of all the strings
in the Array returned by the SUBSTITUTE function.
That Array is subtracted from another Array which contains the lengths of
all the original strings in column A.
Thus, an Array is created that contains the difference in length between
each original string in column A and the one returned by the
SUBSTITUTE function.
Each item in that Array is then divided by the length of the substring in
cell B2 (calculated by the LEN function).
Finally, the SUMPRODUCT function adds the results of that calculation,
which returns the total number of times the substring in cell B2 appears
within any of the strings in column A.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
250
Counting the Number of Cells Containing

Text (1)
¾ Problem:
Counting the number of cells containing text values in the range A1:B5.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM, IF, and ISTEXT functions as shown in the following Array
formula:
{=SUM(IF(ISTEXT(A1:B5),1,0))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The ISTEXT function returns an Array consisting of TRUE for every cell in
range A1:B5 that contains a text value and FALSE for every cell that
doesn’t.
The IF function returns an Array consisting of "1" for each TRUE value in
the ISTEXT Array and "0" for every FALSE value in that Array.
The SUM function adds all the values in the Array returned by the IF
function.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
251
Chapter 6
The result represents the number of cells containing text values in range
A1:B5.
Counting the Number of Cells Containing

Text (2)
¾ Problem:
Range A1:C5 contains numbers and text.
We want to count the number of cells within that range that contain text.
¾ Solution 1:
Use the COUNTA and COUNT functions as shown in the following
formula:
=COUNTA(A1:C5)-COUNT(A1:C5)
¾ Solution 2:
=COUNTIF(A1:C5,"*")
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
252
Explanation:
) COUNTA & COUNT functions:
The COUNTA function returns the number of values (non-empty
cells) within range A1:C5.
The COUNT function returns the number of numeric values within
that range.
The number of numeric values in range A1:C5 (returned by the
COUNT function) is then subtracted from the total number of values
in that range (returned by the COUNTA function).
The result represents the number of cells within range A1:C5 that
contain text.
) COUNTIF function:
The COUNTIF function returns the number of values in range A1:C5
that are identical to the "*" symbol.
The "*" symbol is used as a text wildcard in Excel, meaning that it
represents any text value.
Thus, the count returned by the COUNTIF function includes all text
cells within range A1:C5.
Counting the Number of Combined First and

Last Names Matching Criteria in a Dynamic
Range
¾ Problem:
Range B2:C5 contains first and last names. The range currently consists of
4 names, but they are frequently added or removed.
We want to create a formula that will count the number of names
matching specified criteria (both first and last names begin with the same
letter) that will update upon each change in the range.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
253
Chapter 6
¾ Solution:
Define three Names:
Insert → Name → Define, or press <Ctrl+F3>
Name: FirstName, Refers to: $B$1
Name: Rng, Refers to: $B$1:$B$100
Name: DynamicRange, Refers to the following OFFSET formula:
=OFFSET(FirstName,0,0,COUNTA(Rng))
Use the SUM, LEFT, and OFFSET functions as shown in the following
Array formula, which will count the number of combined first and last
names matching the above criteria in "DynamicRange":
{=SUM((DynamicRange<>"")*(LEFT(DynamicRange)=LEFT(OFFSET(D
ynamicRange,0,1))))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
254
Explanation:
) Formula defining DynamicRange:
The COUNTA function returns the number of values (non-empty
cells) in Rng (defined name for range B1:B100).
The OFFSET function returns a reference that starts at FirstName
(defined name for cell B1) and spreads over as many rows in column
B as the number calculated by the COUNTA function.
Thus, the OFFSET function returns the reference of the current range
of first names (column B).
As the result of the COUNTA function changes upon the removal/
addition of names to the range, the reference returned by the OFFSET
function updates accordingly to exclude/include only those cells
within the range.
) Array Formula in Cell D2:
every non-blank cell in DynamicRange (defined name for the range
returned by the first formula) and "0" (FALSE) for every blank one:
DynamicRange<>""
The first LEFT function returns the leftmost character of each cell in
DynamicRange (i.e. it returns the first letter of each first name
currently listed in column B).
The OFFSET function offsets DynamicRange 1 column to the right.
Thus, it returns the reference of the current range of last names
(column C).
The second LEFT function returns the leftmost character of each cell
in the range returned by the OFFSET function (i.e. the first letter of
each last name currently listed in column C).
The first letter of each first name is then compared with the first letter
of the corresponding last name. That comparison yields an Array
consisting of "1" (TRUE) for each identical pair and "0" (FALSE) for
each different pair.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
255
Chapter 6
Each value in that Array is multiplied by the corresponding value from

the Array returned by the expression DynamicRange<>"" and the
results are added by the SUM function.
Thus resulting in the current number of names that have both first and
last names beginning with the same letter.
That number will update upon the removal or addition of names.
Counting the Number of Times a Substring

Appears Within a String
¾ Problem:
Counting the number of times each of the substrings listed in column B
appears within the corresponding string in column A.
¾ Solution:
Use the LEN and SUBSTITUTE functions as shown in the following
formula:
=(LEN(A2)-LEN(SUBSTITUTE(A2,B2,"")))/LEN(B2)
Explanation:
The SUBSTITUTE function returns the string in cell A2 after it has been
modified by having each occurrence of the substring stored in cell B2
replaced by a blank (" ").
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
256
The LEN function (the second one in the formula) returns the length of
that string.
That length is then subtracted from the length of the original string in cell
A2, calculated by the first LEN function.
The result is then divided by the length of the substring in cell B2
(calculated by the third LEN function).
The result of that calculation represents the number of times the substring
in cell B2 appears within the corresponding string in cell A2.
Counting the Number of Strings which Contain

Numbers Meeting Criteria
¾ Problem:
List1 (column A) contains strings composed of the letter "T" and a number
(i.e. T1,T2,,,,T100).
We want to count the number of strings in List1 which contain a number
smaller than the one in a specified string of the same format.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUMPRODUCT, SUBSTITUTE, and VALUE functions as shown
=SUMPRODUCT(--(VALUE((SUBSTITUTE($A$2:$A$7,"T","")))<VALUE
(SUBSTITUTE(B2,"T",""))))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
257
Chapter 6
Explanation:
The first SUBSTITUTE function returns an Array consisting of each string
in List1qual (cells A2:A7) which has had the "T" removed (replaced with a
blank).
The first VALUE function converts each string in that Array to a numeric
value.
Thus, it returns an Array consisting of the numbers included within each
string in List1.
Similarly, the second VALUE and SUBSTITUTE functions return the
number included within the string stored in cell B2 (criteria).
Each number in the Array created above is compared with the criteria
number, creating an Array that consists of TRUE for each number that is
smaller than the criteria and FALSE for each number that isn’t.
The "--" symbol converts each TRUE/FALSE value in that Array to "1"/"0"
accordingly, and the SUMPRODUCT function adds all the values in the
Array.
The result represents the number of strings in List1 which contain a
number smaller than the one within the string stored in cell B2.
Counting Date Values by Specified Date

Criteria
¾ Problem:
Counting the number of dates in column A that are equal and later than
01/01/2005.
¾ Solution:
Use the COUNTIF and DATE functions as shown in the following
formula:
=COUNTIF(A2:A10,">="&DATE(2005,1,1))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
258
Explanation:
The DATE function returns the date value that corresponds with the year,
month, and day specified in the formula (2005, 1, and 1), i.e. 01/01/2005.
The COUNTIF function returns the number of dates in column A (cells
A2:A10) that are later than or equal to that date.
Counting the Number of Dates with Matching

Month Criteria
¾ Problem:
The following formula was written to count the number of dates in
column A that matched the month criteria in cell B2.
=COUNTIF(MONTH(A2:A6),B2)
However, on entry, an error occurred and the formula could not be used.
¾ Solution 1:
Use the SUMPRODUCT and MONTH functions as shown in the
following formula:
=SUMPRODUCT(--(MONTH(A2:A6)=B2))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
259
Chapter 6
¾ Solution 2:
Use the SUM, IF, and MONTH functions as shown in the following Array
formula:
{=SUM(IF(MONTH(A2:A6)=B2,1))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The reason for the above error is that an array of values (MONTH(A2:A6))
was entered as the first argument of the COUNTIF function.
The first argument of the COUNTIF function (and SUMIF function as
well) must be a range reference.
) SUMPRODUCT Formula (cell C2):
The MONTH function returns an Array consisting of the month
number (1-12) that corresponds with each date in column A (cells
A2:A6).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
260
Each month number in that Array is compared with the month criteria
in cell B2, creating an Array that consists of TRUE for every month
number that equals the criteria and FALSE for every month number
that doesn’t.
The "--" sign converts every TRUE/FALSE in that Array to 1/0
accordingly.
The SUMPRODUCT function adds all the values in the Array, and,
thus, returns the number of dates in column A that match the month
criteria in cell B2.
) Array Formula (cell D2):
The MONTH function returns an Array consisting of the month
number (1-12) that corresponds with each date in column A (cells
A2:A6).
Each month number in that Array is compared with the month criteria
in cell B2, creating an Array that consists of TRUE for every month
number that equals the criteria and FALSE for every month number
that doesn’t.
The IF function returns an Array that consists of "1" for each TRUE
value in the above Array.
Finally, the SUM function adds all the values in the Array returned by
the IF function, and, thus, returns the number of dates in column A
that match the month criteria in cell B2.
Counting Time Values in Terms of Hourly

Increments
¾ Problem:
Counting the number of time values in List1 (column A) that occur
between each pair of successive hours listed in column B.
¾ Solution:
=COUNTIF($A$2:$A$7,">"&B2)-COUNTIF($A$2:$A$7,">"&B3)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
261
Chapter 6
Explanation:
The first COUNTIF function returns the number of time values in List1
(cells A2:A7) that are greater than the time value in cell B2.
The second COUNTIF function returns the number of time values in List1
that are greater than the time value in cell B3.
The number (count) returned by the second COUNTIF function is then
subtracted from the number returned by the first one.
The result of that calculation represents the number of time values in List1
that occur between the pair of hours listed in cells B2:B3.
Counting the Number of Values Meeting

Criteria, but Only for Every 3rd Cell in a Range
¾ Problem:
We want to count the number of values in row 1 that are greater than the
criteria specified in cell A4, but only for every 3rd cell in the range.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUMPRODUCT, MOD, and COLUMN functions as shown in the
following formula:
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
262
=SUMPRODUCT(--(MOD(COLUMN($A$1:$J$1)-
COLUMN($A$1)+1,3)=0)*($A$1:$J$1>$A$4))
Explanation:
The COLUMN functions in the following expression return the column
numbers of each value in row 1 (cells A1:J1) and of the first value in the
row (cell A1): (MOD(COLUMN($A$1:$J$1)-COLUMN($A$1)+1,3)=0)
Those column numbers are then used to calculate serial numbers
matching each value in row 1.
The MOD function divides each of those serial numbers by 3 and returns
the remainder.
The result of the expression is an Array consisting of "1" (TRUE) for every
value in row 1 where the serial number is divisible by 3 (the remainder
calculated by the MOD function is 0) and "0" (FALSE) for all other values.
(TRUE) for every value in row 1 that is greater than the criteria in cell A4
and "0" (FALSE) for every value that isn’t:
$A$1:$J$1>$A$4
items in the Arrays returned by the above expressions.
The result represents the number of values in row 1 that are greater than
the criteria specified in cell A4 and also members of the set of every 3rd
value in the range.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
263
Chapter 6
Counting Rows of Even Numbers in Two

Parallel Ranges
¾ Problem:
Counting the number of times that a row has an even number in both
columns A and B.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUMPRODUCT and MOD functions as shown in the following
formula:
=SUMPRODUCT((MOD(A2:A7,2)=0)*(MOD(B2:B7,2)=0))
Explanation:
The first MOD function divides each number in column A (cells A2:A7)
by 2 and returns an Array consisting of the remainder of each them.
The following expression returns an Array consisting of "1" for each
remainder in the MOD Array that equals 0 and "0" for each remainder
that doesn’t: (MOD(A2:A7,2)=0)
Hence, the Array consists of "1" for every even number in column A and
"0" for every odd one.
A similar expression is used to evaluate column B.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
264

items in the two Arrays created above.
The result represents the number of times that a row has an even number
in both columns A and B.
Counting the Number of Values from Multiple

Worksheets that Match Criteria
¾ Problem:
Counting the total number of values from the range A1:B3 on Sheets 1, 2
& 3 that are greater than the criteria specified in cell A2.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM, COUNTIF, and INDIRECT functions as shown in the
following formula:
=SUM(COUNTIF(INDIRECT("Sheet"&{1,2,3}&"!A1:B3"),">"&A2))
Explanation:
The text "Sheet" is joined with each of the numbers 1, 2, & 3, and the text
"!A1:B3".
The result is an Array consisting of three strings that represent the
reference of range A1:B3 in Sheets 1, 2, & 3.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
265
Chapter 6
The INDIRECT function returns an Array consisting of the three references

indicated by those three strings.
For each range reference returned by the INDIRECT function, the
COUNTIF function returns the number of values in that range that are
greater than the criteria specified in cell A2.
Thus, it returns an Array that consists of the number of values meeting
criteria in each of the three sheets.
The SUM function adds the values in that Array and returns the total
number of values from range A1:B3 on Sheets 1, 2, & 3 that are greater
than the criteria specified in cell A2.
Counting Using Two Criteria

Counting Rows that Match Specific Criteria for
Each Column
¾ Problem:
Range A2:C7 contains the ID’s, genders and ages of all the people in the
room.
Cells F1:F2 contains the criteria according to which we would like to
count.
As different counting criteria are required, we would vary the values
stored in cells F1:F2.
What single formula will count the number of rows matching the variable
criteria stored in cells F1:F2?
¾ Solution:
Use the SUMPRODUCT function as shown in the following formula:
=SUMPRODUCT((B2:B7=F1)*(C2:C7=F2))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
266
Explanation:
each value in column B (cells B2:B7) that matches the gender criteria in
F1 and "0" (FALSE) for each value that doesn’t:
B2:B7=F1
Similarly, the following expression returns an Array consisting of "1"
(TRUE) for each value in column C (cells C2:C7) that equals the age
criteria in cell F2 and "0" (FALSE) for each value that doesn’t:
C2:C7=F2
The result represents the number of rows in range A2:C7 that match the
criteria stored in cells F1 & F2.
Counting the Number of Values between Two

Specified Values in a List
¾ Problem:
Finding the number of values in List1 (Column A) that are between each
two successive values in List2 (Column B).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
267
Chapter 6
¾ Solution:
To count the numbers in List1 that are, for example, between 1 and 2
(B2:B3), use the COUNTIF function as shown in the following formula:
=COUNTIF($A$2:$A$10,">="&B2)-COUNTIF($A$2:$A$10,">"&B3)
Explanation:
The first COUNTIF function returns the number of values in List1 (cells
A2:A10) that are greater than or equal to the value stored in cell B2.
The second COUNTIF function returns the number of values in List1 that
are greater than the value stored in cell B3.
The number returned by the second COUNTIF function is then subtracted
from the number returned by the first one.
The result of that calculation represents the number of values in List1 that
are between the values in cells B2 & B3.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
268
Counting the Number of Values between

Upper and Lower Limits
¾ Problem:
Finding the number of values in List1 (Column A) that are larger than 20
and smaller than 50.
¾ Solution 1:
=COUNTIF(A2:A7,">20")-COUNTIF(A2:A7,">=50")
¾ Solution 2:
=SUMPRODUCT((A2:A7>20)*(A2:A7<50))
Explanation:
) COUNTIF Formula:
The first COUNTIF function returns the number values in List1 (cells
A2:A7) that are greater than 20.
The second COUNTIF function returns the number of values in List1
that are greater than or equal to 50.
The number returned by the second COUNTIF function is then
subtracted from the number returned by the first one.
The result of that calculation represents the number of values in List1
that are greater than 20 and smaller than 50.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
269
Chapter 6
) SUMPRODUCT Formula:
each value in List1 (cells A2:A7) that is greater than 20 and "0"
(FALSE) for each value that isn’t:
A2:A7>20
(TRUE) for each value in List1 that is smaller than 50 and "0" (FALSE)
for each value that isn’t:
A2:A7<50
The result represents the number of values in List1 that are greater
than 20 and smaller than 50.
Counting the Number of Unique Items Sold by

Each Salesperson
¾ Problem:
Columns A:B contain a list of items sold and the ID of the salesperson
who sold each of them.
We want to count the number of different items sold by each salesperson
listed in column D.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM, MMULT, IF, and TRANSPOSE functions as shown in the
{=SUM(($A$2:$A$13=D2)/(($A$2:$A$13<>D2)+MMULT(--
(IF($A$2:$A$13=D2,$B$2:$B$13)=TRANSPOSE($B$2:$B$13)),--
($A$2:$A$13=D2))))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
270
Explanation:
The MMULT function, using the IF and TRANSPOSE functions, returns an
Array consisting of the number of times each item in column B (cells
B2:B13) appears next to the salesperson specified in cell D2.
each ID in column A that is different than the one stored in cell D2 and
"0" (FALSE) for each ID that isn’t:
$A$2:$A$13<>D2
The corresponding values in the two above Arrays are added, and the
results are returned in a single Array.
Thus, an Array is created that consists of the total number of times each
ID & Item combination appears in columns A & B.
(TRUE) for each ID in column A that is the same as the one stored in cell
D2 and "0" (FALSE) for each ID that isn’t:
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
271
Chapter 6
$A$2:$A$13=D2
Each value in that Array is then divided by the corresponding value in the
Array calculated above and the SUM function adds the results.
Thus, the formula returns the number of unique items sold by the
salesperson listed in cell D2.
Counting the Number of Players According to

Their Score in a Particular Quarter
¾ Problem:
Finding the number of players (column A) who scored over 3 points
(column C) in the first quarter (column B).
¾ Solution:
=SUMPRODUCT((B2:B17=F2)*(C2:C17>F3))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
272
Explanation:
each quarter number in column B (cells B2:B17) that equals the quarter
criteria in cell F2 (1) and "0" (FALSE) for each quarter number that doesn’t:
B2:B17=F2
(TRUE) for each score in column C (cells C2:C17) that is higher than the
score criteria in F3 (3) and "0" (FALSE) for each score that isn’t:
C2:C17>F3
The result represents the number of players in column A who scores over
3 points (cell F3) in the first quarter (cell F2).
Counting the Number of Students who

Answered "A" to the Second Question
¾ Problem:
Listed in columns A:C are students’ IDs and their answers to the first two
questions of a test.
An empty cell indicates an unanswered question.
We want to count the number of students who answered both questions
and answered "A" to the second question.
¾ Solution:
=SUMPRODUCT((B2:B5<>"")*(C2:C5="A"))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
273
Chapter 6
Explanation:
each non-blank cell in cells B2:B5 (an answered question) and "0"
(FALSE) for each blank cell (an unanswered question):
B2:B5<>""
(TRUE) for each answer in cells C2:C5 that equals "A" and "0" (FALSE) for
each answer that doesn’t:
C2:C5="A"
The result represents the number of students who answered both
questions and answered "A" to the second question (column C).
Counting the Number of Excel Files in a List

According to File Type and Date Criteria
¾ Problem:
In the range A2:B6 are file names and their corresponding creation date.
How could we, for example, count the number of Excel files (".xls")
created in April?
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
274
¾ Solution:
Use the SUMPRODUCT, MONTH, and RIGHT functions as shown in the
following formula:
=SUMPRODUCT((MONTH(B2:B6)=C2)*(RIGHT(A2:A6,3)=C3))
Explanation:
The MONTH function returns an Array consisting of the month number
(1-12) that corresponds with each creation date in column B (cells B2:B6).
Each month number in that Array is compared with the month criteria in
cell C2 (April), creating an Array that consists of "1" (TRUE) for every
month number that equals the criteria and "0" (FALSE) for every month
number that doesn’t.
The RIGHT function returns an Array consisting of the three rightmost
characters (the file type) of each string in column A (cells A2:A6).
Each string in that Array is compared with the string in C3 ("xls"), and the
result is an Array consisting of "1" (TRUE) for every string that matches the
criteria and "0" (FALSE) for every string that doesn’t.
The result is the number of Excel files (ending in "xls") in the range A2:B6
that were created in April (cell C2).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
275
Chapter 6
Using Date & Time Criteria to Count Entries in

a Combined Date & Time List
¾ Problem:
Column A contains date and time values.
We want to count the number of entries with matching date criteria (cell
B2) and a time value greater than the one specified in cell C2.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUMPRODUCT, INT, and MOD functions as shown in the
following formula:
=SUMPRODUCT((INT(A2:A6)=B2)*(MOD(A2:A6,1)>C2))
Explanation:
The INT function rounds down each date and time value in column A
(cells A2:A6) to the nearest integer.
Thus, it returns an Array consisting of the date part only of each value in
column A.
Each date value in that Array is compared with the criteria date in cell B2,
and the result is an Array that consists of "1" (TRUE) for every date that
matches the criteria and "0" (FALSE) for every date that doesn’t.
The MOD function divides each date and time value in column A by 1
and returns the remainder.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
276
Thus, it returns an Array consisting of the time part only of each value in
column A.
Each time value in that Array is compared with the time value in cell C2,
and the result is an Array that consists of "1" (TRUE) for every time value
that is greater than the criteria in cell C2 and "0" (FALSE) for every time
that isn’t.
values in the two Arrays created above.
The result is the number of date and time entries in column A with
matching date criteria (cell B2) and a time value greater than the one
specified in cell C2.
Counting the Number of Items Sold Every Half

Hour
¾ Problem:
Columns A:B contain a list of sold items and their matching sale time.
Column C contains a list of times, 30 minutes apart.
We want to count the number of items sold in each 30 minute time
period.
¾ Solution:
To find the number of items sold between 20:00 and 20:30 use the
SUMPRODUCT function as shown in the following formula:
=SUMPRODUCT(($B$2:$B$5<C3)*($B$2:$B$5>=C2))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
277
Chapter 6
Explanation:
each time value in column B (cells B2:B5) that is earlier than the time
value stored in cell C3 (20:30) and "0" (FALSE) for each time value that
isn’t:
$B$2:$B$5<C3
(TRUE) for each time value in column B that is later than or equal to the
time value stored in cell C2 (20:00) and "0" (FALSE) for each time value
that isn’t:
$B$2:$B$5>=C2
The result is the number of time values in column B that are later than
20:00 and earlier than 20:30, which is equivalent to the number of items
sold in that 30 minute time period.
Complex Counting Problems

Counting the Number of Times Any of the
Numbers in First List Appears within Second
List
¾ Problem:
Calculating the total number of times any of the numbers in List1 (column
A) appear within List2 (column B).
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM and COUNTIF functions as shown in the following Array
formula:
{=SUM(COUNTIF(B2:B9,A2:A4))}
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
278

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
times each value in List1 (cells A2:A4) appears within List2 (cells B2:B9).
The SUM function adds the values in that Array.
Thus, it returns the total number of times any of the numbers in List1
appear within List2.
Creating Progressively Incremented Counting

Criteria
¾ Problem:
Create a new list in column B where the first value is the number of
values in List1 (column A) that are smaller than 1, the second value is the
number of values in List1 smaller than 2, and so on.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
279
Chapter 6
¾ Solution:
Use the COUNTIF and ROW functions as shown in the following formula
in the first cell (B2) of the new list, and copy the formula down the
column:
=COUNTIF($A$2:$A$6,"<"&ROW()-ROW($B$2)+1)
Explanation:
The ROW functions in the following expression return the row numbers
of the current cell and of the first cell in the result column (cell B2):
ROW()-ROW($B$2)+1
Based on those row numbers, the expression calculates the criteria
according to which we would like to count.
Thus, it calculates "1" in the first cell of the result column (row 2), "2" in
the second cell (row 3), and so on.
A2:A6) that are smaller than the calculated criteria.
Thus, when copied down column B, the formula creates a new list where
the first value is the number of values in List1 that are smaller than 1, the
second value is the number of values in List1 smaller than 2, and so on.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
280
Counting the Values that Match Criteria in a

Filtered List
¾ Problem:
Column B shows the answers to the question numbers displayed in
column A.
An auto-filter is set for both columns.
We want to create a formula that will count the number of times each
possible answer (listed in cells A26:A29) occurs for each of the filtered
question numbers.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUMPRODUCT, SUBTOTAL, OFFSET, ROW, and MIN functions
as shown in the following formula:
=SUMPRODUCT(($B$2:$B$22=A26)*(SUBTOTAL(3,OFFSET($B$2,ROW
($B$2:$B$22)-MIN(ROW($B$2:$B$22)),,))))
Enter the above formula next to the 4 possible answers (cells B26:B29).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
281
Chapter 6
Explanation:
The first ROW function in the following expression returns an Array
consisting of the row number of each cell in column B (cells B2:B22):
ROW($B$2:$B$22)-MIN(ROW($B$2:$B$22))
The row number of the first cell in the range (cell B2), calculated by the
MIN function and the second ROW function, is subtracted from each row
number in that Array.
The OFFSET function offsets the reference of cell B2 by as many rows as
each number in the above Array.
Thus, the OFFSET function returns an Array consisting of the reference of
each cell in column B.
The SUBTOTAL function returns an Array consisting of the number of
values in each cell reference in the OFFSET Array.
As the SUBTOTAL function ignores hidden cells, the Array consists of "0"
for every cell in column B that is currently hidden and "1" for every cell
that is currently displayed.
each answer in column B (hidden or not) that matches the answer criteria
in cell A26 and "0" (FALSE) for each answer that doesn’t:
$B$2:$B$22=A26
items in the above Array and the SUBTOTAL Array.
The result is the number of times the answer specified in cell A26 occurs
for the filtered Question number (3).
Creating a Summary Table of a Student

Questionnaire
¾ Problem:
Columns B:F contain the answers (Y/N) to 5 questions from each of 5
students.
Each row includes the answers of one student.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
282
We want to create a summary table that will show a count of the

questions answered Y and N for each student.
¾ Solution:
With Student ID in cells H2:H6 and the answer criteria in cells I1:J1, use
the COUNTIF, INDIRECT, MATCH, and ROW functions as shown in the
following formula:
=COUNTIF(INDIRECT("B"&MATCH($H2,$A$2:$A$6)+ROW($A$2)-
1&":F"&MATCH($H2,$A$2:$A$6)+ROW($A$2)-1),I$1)
Explanation:
The MATCH function in the following expression returns the relative
position (row number) within cells A2:A6 of the ID specified in cell H2.
MATCH($H2,$A$2:$A$6)+ROW($A$2)-1
The row number of the first ID in column A (calculated by the ROW
function) is added to that position and 1 is subtracted from the result.
Thus, the above expression calculates the row number that contains the
answers of the student specified in cell H2.
The text "B", the calculated row number, the text ":F", and the calculated
row number again (returned by the second occurrence of the above
expression in the formula) are all joined into a single string.
That string represents the reference of the range that contains the answers
of the student specified in cell H2.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
283
Chapter 6
Finally, the COUNTIF function returns the number of times the answer
specified in I1 appears within the reference returned by the INDIRECT
function.
Thus, it returns the count of questions answered Y (cell I1) by student 1
(cell H2).
In order to complete the summary table and return the results matching
each ID/answer combination, copy the formula to range I2:J6 (the
references of the cells containing the student ID and answer criteria will
update accordingly).
Counting the Number of YES Responses in a

Student Questionnaire
¾ Problem:
Columns B:F contain the answers (Y/N) to 5 questions from each of 7
students.
Each row includes the answers of one student.
We want to count the number of students who gave a certain answer
(column H) a specific number of times (column I).
¾ Solution:
Use the SUMPRODUCT and MMULT functions as shown in the following
Array formula:
{=SUMPRODUCT(--(MMULT(--($B$2:$F$8=H2),{1;1;1;1;1})=I2))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
284
Explanation:
answer in cells B2:F8 that matches the criteria in cell H2 and FALSE for
every answer that doesn’t:
$B$2:$F$8=H2
The "--" sign converts each TRUE/FALSE in the Array to 1/0 accordingly.
The MMULT function returns the matrix product of the Array created
above and the following Array:
{1;1;1;1;1}
The result is an Array consisting of the number of times the answer
specified in cell H2 appears within each row in range B2:F8.
Each number in that Array, representing a row in cells B2:F8 is compared
with the number of times specified in cell I2. The result is an Array
consisting of TRUE for each number that matches the criteria in cell I2
and FALSE for every number that doesn’t:
The "--" sign converts each TRUE/FALSE in the array to 1/0 accordingly.
Thus, the Array consists of "1" for every student (row) in cells B2:F8 who
gave the answer specified in cell H2 as many times as specified in cell I2,
and "0" for every student who didn’t.
The SUMPRODUCT function adds all the values in that Array, and
returns the number of students in cells B2:F8 who gave a specific answer
(cell H2) a specific number of times (cell I2).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
285
Chapter 6
Counting Unique "X" and "O" Occurrences in a

Matrix
¾ Problem:
Range B2:E6 is a matrix where each cell contains either an "O" or an "X".
We want to count the number of Xs in each column that are unique in
their row (i.e. that particular row contains no other "X").
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM, MMULT, TRANSPOSE, and COLUMN functions as shown
in the following Array formula:
{=SUM((MMULT(--
($B$2:$E$6="X"),TRANSPOSE(COLUMN(B2:E6))^0)=1)*(B2:B6="X"))}
Enter the above formula in a cell under the first column of your matrix
(cell B8), and copy it across to the last column.

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
286
Explanation:
The MMULT function, using the TRANSPOSE and COLUMN functions,
returns an Array consisting of the number of "X" occurrences in each row
in cells B2:E6.
Each number in that Array is compared with "1", and the result is an Array
that consists of "1" (TRUE) for every number that equals 1 and "0" (FALSE)
for every number that doesn’t.
Hence, the Array consists of "1" for every row in the matrix that includes a
unique "X" (i.e. "X" appears only once within the row) and "0" for every
row that doesn’t.
The following expression returns an additional Array consisting of "1" for
every cell in column B that contains "X" and "0" for every cell that doesn’t.
B2:B6="X"
The corresponding values in the two Arrays created above are multiplied,
and the SUM function adds the results.
The number returned by the SUM function represents the number of cells
in column B that contain an "X" which is unique within the row.
Creating a Counting Grid

¾ Problem:
Range A2:B7 contains the letters A to C and a corresponding number
from 0 to 5. Each combination can appear any number of times.
Range D3:D6 contains the letters A to D. The numbers 0 to 5 are listed in
cells E2:J2.
We want to create a formula that will count the number of rows in the
range A2:B7 containing each letter-number combination shown in the
range D2:J6.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUMPRODUCT function as shown in the following formula and
enter it in cell E3, then copy the formula to the entire grid (cells E3:J6):
=SUMPRODUCT(($A$2:$A$7=$D3)*($B$2:$B$7=E$2))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Counting
287
Chapter 6
Explanation:
each letter in column A (cells A2:A7) that is identical to the one in cell
D3 and "0" (FALSE) for each letter that isn’t:
$A$2:$A$7=$D3
(TRUE) for each number in column B (cells B2:B7) that is equal to the one
in cell E2 and "0" (FALSE) for each number that isn’t:
$B$2:$B$7=E$2
The result represents the number of rows in the range A2:B7 that contain
the letter-number combination specified in cells D3 & E2.
In order to complete the counting grid and return the count matching
each letter/number combination shown in the range D2:J6, copy the
formula to cells E3:J6 (the references of the letter and number criteria will
adjust accordingly).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
288
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:11:00 AM
Summing
289
Chapter 7
Chapter 7
Summing
About This Chapter

with summing values, and includes the following sections:
) Summing Techniques & Tips, page 290: This section covers
techniques on summing values at the intersection of ranges, summing
values from the same cell address in different sheets, summing from a
dynamic range, summing the absolute values in a range, and
summing only the subtotals from a range.
) Summing Values Based on Text, Text & Numbers, & Blank Cell
Criteria, page 298: In this section you will find various techniques on
summing values from mixed strings (text + numeric values), dealing
with spaces in strings, and summing non-blank cells in a range.
) Summing Using Indirect Cell References, page 305: This section
provides summing solutions that use indirect cell references to sum
values inside a sheet, across sheets, and from a closed workbook.
) Summing Using One or More Criteria, page 310: This section
provides summing solutions that deal with one or more criteria.
) Summing Last N Values, page 324: This section contains examples on
summing of every Nth value, of the last N number of cells, of the N
largest values, and complicated summing of Nth values.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
290
Summing Techniques & Tips

Summing the Values of Cells Occurring at the
Intersection of Ranges
¾ Problem:
Range A1:B5 contains numbers.
We want a total value of the cells occurring at the intersection of the
following ranges:
1. Columns A:B, Row 2:2
2. Column A:A, Row 3:4
3. Columns A:B, Row 1:1 + Columns A:B, Row 5:5
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM function as shown in the following formulas:
1. =SUM(A:B 2:2)
2. =SUM(A:A 3:4)
3. =SUM(A:B 1:1,5:5)
Explanation:
To sum the values in cells at the intersection of ranges, leave a space
between the argument ranges in the SUM function instead of a comma.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
291
Chapter 7
Summing Values from Different Sheets for the

Same Cell Address
¾ Problem:
Summing the values from cell A1 of four successive sheets in the current
workbook.
The sheets are named January, February, March, and April.
¾ Solution:
1. Select a cell to contain the sum and type =SUM(
2. Select the tab of the first sheet to sum (January).
3. Hold the <Shift> key and then select the tab of the last sheet to sum
(April).
4. Select the cell to sum (A1).
5. Type ) and <Enter>.
These actions will create the following formula, which sums the same cell
(A1) from all four sheets:
=SUM(January:April!A1)
Explanation:
The SUM function adds all the values in the range "January:April!A1",
which consists of cell A1 from sheets "January, "February", "March", and
"April".
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
292
Creating a Summing Formula that

Automatically Adjusts to a Dynamic Range
¾ Problem:
List1 (column B) initially consisted of the numbers from cell B2 to cell B7.
In order to calculate their sum the following formula was entered in cell
B8:
=SUM(B2:B7)
After performing the above calculation, three more numbers were added
to the list, and the formula had to be altered to include those numbers as
well.
We want to avoid having to continually make this update by creating a
formula that will automatically sum the entire range whenever new
values are added.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM, IF, COUNT, and OFFSET functions as shown in the
following formula:
=SUM(B2:B7,(IF(COUNT(B9:B990)>0,OFFSET(B9,0,0,COUNT(B9:B990)),
0)))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
293
Chapter 7
Explanation:
The COUNT function returns the number of numeric values in cells
B9:B900, which is the number of numeric values added to List1.
The OFFSET function returns the reference of a range that starts at cell B9
and includes as many rows as the number returned by the COUNT
function.
If any numbers were added to the list (the number returned by the
COUNT function is greater than 0), the IF function returns the reference
created by the OFFSET function. Else, it returns 0.
The SUM function adds the values in cells B2:B7 with the values stored in
the range returned by the IF function.
Summing the Absolute Values of All Numbers

in a Range
¾ Problem:
Summing the absolute values of all the numbers in List1 (column A).
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM and ABS functions as shown in the following Array formula:
{=SUM(ABS(A2:A8))}

Select the cell, press
<F2> and
simultaneously press
<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
294
Explanation:
The ABS function returns an Array consisting of the absolute
values of all the numbers in List1.
The SUM function adds all the numbers in that Array.
Summing Values Using SUBTOTAL Function

¾ Problem:
Column A contains three groups of numbers (cells A2:A4, A7:A9,
A12:A14).
Cells A5, A10 and A15 contain SUBTOTAL formulas, which total
the numbers to each group.
How can we sum the values only while ignoring subtotals?
¾ Solution:
Use the SUBTOTAL function to sum each group in the range, and
then use the SUBTOTAL function to sum the values as shown in
=SUBTOTAL(9,A:A)
Last printed: 9/1/2005 2:41:00 PM

Last saved: 9/1/2005 2:34:00 PM
Summing
295
Chapter 7
Explanation:
The SUBTOTAL function sum all values in the range except values
calculated by the SUBTOTAL formulas.
Modifying a SUMPRODUCT function to Return

a Sum Rather than a Count
¾ Problem:
Columns B & C list the prices and categories of various items
sold.
Column A contains the ID of the salesperson who sold each item.
The following formula was created to count the number of "A"
category items that were sold by salesperson "1".
=SUMPRODUCT((A2:A9=1)*(B2:C9="A"))
We want to modify the formula so that it calculates the sum of
the prices of all items meeting the above criteria.
¾ Solution:
To cause the SUMPRODUCT formula to sum the values from a
range instead of counting them, add another argument to the
SUMPRODUCT formula that contains the range to sum (cells
C2:C9):
=SUMPRODUCT((A2:A9=1)*(B2:B9="A")*C2:C9)
Last printed: 9/1/2005 2:44:00 PM

Last saved: 9/1/2005 2:34:00 PM
296
Summing Rounded Numbers

¾ Problem:
Cells B2:B4 contain several numbers with two decimal places. Cell B5
contains a SUM formula, which adds the values in cells B2:B4.
Cells C2:C4 contain exactly the same numbers as cells B2:B4, but the
cells are formatted to display 0 decimal places.
When comparing the result of the SUM formula in cell C5 (7) with the
apparent sum of the numbers shown above (6), it appears that the sum
calculated by the formula is incorrect.
A similar problem occurs in columns D & E. Column E contains the same
numbers as those listed in column D, except that they are formatted as
thousands.
The result of the SUM formula in cell E5, adding cells E2:E4, does not
match the apparent sum of those numbers.
¾ Solution:
Round all the numbers in cells C2:C4 to the nearest integer prior to
summing them.
Use the SUM and ROUND functions in following Array formula:
{=SUM(ROUND(C2:C4,0))}
Round all the numbers in column cells E2:E4 to thousands prior to
summing them.
Use the SUM and ROUND functions in the following Array formula:
{=SUM(ROUND(E2:E4,-3))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
297
Chapter 7
Explanation:
Excel does not take number formatting into account when performing
mathematical calculations.
Instead, it operates on the entire number, using up to 15 significant digits,
regardless of how many digits are currently displayed.
Hence, the calculated sum in cell C5 matches the actual values found in
the cells, but does not match the numbers displayed.
In order for Excel to sum the numbers as they are displayed (rounded), we
must actually round all the numbers prior to summing them, rather than
just setting their format to display rounded numbers.
The ROUND function in the Array formula entered in cell C7 rounds
each of the numbers in cells C2:C4 to 0 decimal places (the nearest
integer) and returns the results in a single Array.
The SUM function adds all the values in that Array.
Thus, it sums all the numbers in cells C2:C4 after rounding each of them
to the nearest integer.
Similarly, the Array formula entered in cells E7 returns the sum of all the
numbers in cells E2:E4 after rounding each of them (using the ROUND
function) to -3 decimal places (thousands).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
298
Summing Values Based on Text,

Text & Numbers, & Blank Cell
Criteria
Summing Values Based on Text Criteria
¾ Problem:
Each row of columns A & B contains text and a corresponding number.
We want to sum all the numbers in column B corresponding with the text
values in column A that meet the following criteria:
1. Text is "Excel".
2. Text starts with "Excel".
3. Text ends with "Excel".
4. Text contains "Excel".
5. Text length is 3 characters.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUMIF function as shown in the following formulas:
1. =SUMIF(A2:A7,"Excel",B2:B7)
2. =SUMIF(A2:A7,"Excel*",B2:B7)
3. =SUMIF(A2:A7,"*Excel",B2:B7)
4. =SUMIF(A2:A7,"*Excel*",B2:B7)
5. =SUMIF(A2:A7,"???",B2:B7)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
299
Chapter 7
Explanation:
The * sign: Any additional characters on the right/left ends of the string
are acceptable when searching for the specified criteria.
The ? Sign: Only strings of the same length as the number of "?"s will be
returned; any characters are acceptable.
Summing Values from a List Containing

Numerical and Textual Substrings
¾ Problem:
Listed in columns A & B are file names and their sizes, each of which is
one of three types (KB, MB or GB).
We want to sum the totals for each file size type.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM, IF, ISNUMBER, FIND, VALUE, and LEFT functions as
shown in the following Array formula:
{=SUM(IF(ISNUMBER(FIND(C2,B2:B5)),VALUE(LEFT(B2:B5,FIND(C2,B2:
B5)-1)),0))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
300
Explanation:
The ISNUMBER and FIND functions are used to determine which of the
strings in column B contain the measurement type specified in cells
C2:C4.
For every string that contains the specified type, the IF functions returns
the result of the following expression:
VALUE(LEFT(B2:B5,FIND(C2,B2:B5)-1)
The FIND function returns the location (character number) of the
measurement string within the text in column B.
The LEFT function then extracts all the characters in the string up until
that location. Thus, extracting the numeric part of the string.
The VALUE function converts the numeric part of the string to a number.
The numbers extracted from each string in column B that contains the
specified measurement are then put in a single Array which is returned by
the IF function.
Finally, the SUM function adds all the numbers in that Array.
Summing Numerical Substrings

¾ Problem:
List1 (column A) contains text values, each of which consists of a number
with the letter "T" at the beginning.
We want to extract the numbers from each string and sum them.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM, VALUE, and SUBSTITUTE functions as shown in the
{=SUM(VALUE(SUBSTITUTE(A2:A6,"T","")))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
301
Chapter 7
Explanation:
The SUBSTITUTE function returns an Array of all the strings in column A,
with each having had the "T" removed.
The VALUE function converts the text values in that Array into numeric
values.
The SUM function adds all the values.
Summing Values in a Range Containing

Redundant Spaces
¾ Problem:
The numbers in column A contain redundant spaces.
If we try to calculate a total using the SUM function, 0 is returned.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM, VALUE, and SUBSTITUTE functions as shown in the
{=SUM(VALUE(SUBSTITUTE(A2:A4," ","")))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
302
Explanation:
The SUBSTITUTE function returns an Array of all the strings in column A
after having had all redundant spaces removed.
The VALUE function converts the text values in that Array into numeric
values.
The SUM function adds all the values.
Ignoring Blank Cells Containing Invisible

Spaces when Using Array Formulas
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain the number of points scored by a particular
player during each quarter of a game.
An empty cell indicates that no points were scored during that quarter.
When using the following Array formula to total the points scored during
the 2nd half, #VALUE! is returned.
{=SUM(A2:A5*((B2:B5=3)+(B2:B5=4)))}
¾ Solution 1:
Use the SUM, IF, and ISNUMBER functions as shown in the following
Array Formula:
{=SUM(IF(ISNUMBER(A2:A5),(A2:A5)*((B2:B5=3)+(B2:B5=4))))}
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
303
Chapter 7
Note:
It is most likely that the blank cell in column A is actually not empty,
but contains an invisible space.
Using the ISNUMBER and IF functions overcomes any errors.

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
¾ Solution 2:
Use the SUMIF function as shown in the following formula:
=SUMIF(B2:B5,3,A2:A5)+SUMIF(B2:B5,4,A2:A5)
Explanation:
The ISNUMBER function returns an Array, which includes a value of
"TRUE" for every cell in column A that contains a number and a "FALSE"
for every cell that does not contain one.
Based on the ISNUMBER results, the IF function returns an Array
containing the scores stored in all the cells that contain numbers in
column A, providing that their corresponding quarter in column B is 3 or
4 (2nd half).
The SUM function adds all the scores in that Array.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
304
Summing Values Based on the Criteria of a

Non-Empty Adjacent Cell
¾ Problem:
Summing each of the numbers in column A (List 1), provided that the
adjacent cell in column B (List 2) is not empty.
¾ Solution 1:
=SUMIF(B2:B7,"<>",A2:A7)
Explanation:
The SUMIF function adds all the values in column A that have non-empty
corresponding cells in column B.
¾ Solution 2:
=SUMPRODUCT(A2:A7*(B2:B7<>""))
Explanation:
The following expression creates an Array of TRUE/FALSE results:
B2:B7<>""
The Array includes a "1" (TRUE) for every non-empty cell in column B
and a "0" (FALSE) for every empty one.
That Array is then multiplied by another Array, which consists of all the
values in column A.
values in those two Arrays.
Thus, returning the sum of all the values in column A corresponding to
non-empty cells in column B.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
305
Chapter 7
Summing Using Indirect Cell

References
Summing Values Using Indirect Cell References
¾ Problem:
Numbers Range (A2:C6) contains numbers.
Columns E & F contain pairs of cell references that indicate the beginning
and end of parts of Numbers Range that we wish to sum.
We want to create formulas to calculate the sum for each specified sub-
range.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM and INDIRECT functions as shown in the following
formula:
=SUM(INDIRECT(E2&":"&F2))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
306
Explanation:
The cell references in cell E2 (Range Beginning) and cell F2 (Range End)
are joined into a single string, with the ":" sign between them.
This creates a text value representing a range reference.
The INDIRECT function returns the range reference indicated by that text.
The SUM function adds all the values within that range.
Summing Across Multiple Sheets

¾ Problem:
Column A of Sheet1 contains the letters A to D. Column B contains a set
of corresponding numbers.
Sheet2 and Sheet3 have a similar layout.
Column A of Total Sheet contains the letters A to D as well.
We want to lookup each of the letters listed in column A of Sheets 1 to 3
and sum the corresponding numbers from column B of all three sheets.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUMPRODUCT, SUMIF, INDIRECT, and ROW functions as
=SUMPRODUCT(SUMIF(INDIRECT("’Sheet"&ROW(INDIRECT("1:3"))&"’!
$A$1:$A$4"),A1,INDIRECT("’Sheet"&ROW(INDIRECT("1:3"))&"’!$B$1:$B
$4")))
Enter the above formula cell B2 of your Total Sheet, and copy it down the
column.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
307
Chapter 7
Explanation:
In the first argument of the SUMIF function (range) is an INDIRECT
function.
Using the ROW function and another INDIRECT function, it returns an
Array containing the references of the range A1:A4 in Sheet1, Sheet2, and
Sheet3.
The third argument of the SUMIF function (sum_range) is similar to the
first one.
In this case, the INDIRECT function returns an Array containing the
references of the range B1:B4 in Sheet1, Sheet2, and Sheet3.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
308
For each of the three sheets, the SUMIF function adds the values in
column B for which the corresponding values in column A are identical
to the value entered in cell A1. The function then returns an Array
consisting of those three sums.
The SUMPRUDCT function adds all the values in that Array; thus
returning the total sum of the values from all three sheets.
Summing from Closed Workbooks

¾ Problem:
The following formula was created to sum a variable number of values in
row 3 of Book1, Sheet1, starting at column A:
=SUM(OFFSET(’C:\My Documents\[Book1.xls]Sheet1’!$A$3,0,0,1,A2))
However, the formula only works correctly when Book1 is open.
When Book1 is closed, the formula returns #VALUE!.
How can we modify the formula so that it works regardless of whether
Workbook1 is open or not?
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM, COLUMN, and INDIRECT functions as shown in the
{=SUM((COLUMN(INDIRECT("A:Z"))<COLUMN(INDIRECT("A:A"))+A2)*
IF(ISNUMBER(’C:\My
Documents\[Book1.xls]Sheet1’!$A$3:$Z$3),’C:\My
Documents\[Book1.xls]Sheet1’!$A$3:$Z$3))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
309
Chapter 7
Explanation:
The COLUMN and INDIRECT functions are used to return an Array
consisting of a TRUE for every column (A-Z) in Book1, Sheet1, Row 3 to
be included in the sum, and a FALSE for every column not to be included.
The results in that Arrays (TRUE/FALSE) are determined based on the
number of values to sum, entered in cell A2.
For every column for which TRUE was returned in the above Array, the IF
function returns the value stored in it, providing that the ISNUMBER
function determined that the value was a number.
Thus, an Array is created that contains all the numbers to sum.
Finally, the SUM function adds all the values in the Array.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
310
Summing Using One or More

Criteria
Summing Positive and Negative Numbers
Separately
¾ Problem:
Calculating separate totals for the negative numbers and the positive
numbers in List1 (column A).
¾ Solution:
Use the SUMIF function as shown in following formulas:
To sum negative numbers:
=SUMIF(A2:A7,"<0")
To sum positive numbers:
=SUMIF(A2:A7,">0")
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
311
Chapter 7
Explanation:
The SUMIF function adds all the values in column A that meet the
specified criteria, that is, smaller or greater than 0.
Sum Total Sales Except for One Specified Item

¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain clothing items and their matching total sales.
We want to create a formula that will sum the sales from column B of all
items except the jacket.
¾ Solution:
=SUMIF(A2:A6,"<>Jacket",B2:B6)
Explanation:
The SUMIF function adds all the values (Sales) in column B for which the
corresponding Item in column A is not "Jacket".
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
312
Summing Corresponding Values in Multiple

Columns
¾ Problem:
Range A2:G5 contains the scores of four games.
Each row includes the names and scores of the three players who took
part in the game specified in column A.
We want to calculate the total number of points scored in all four games
by each of the players listed in cells A8:A12.
¾ Solution:
=SUMIF($B$2:$F$5,A8,$C$2:$G$5)
Explanation:
The SUMIF function adds all the values in the range C2:G5 for which the
value to the left (cells B2:F5) matches the name specified in cell A8.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
313
Chapter 7
Summing Sales Amounts According to Product

Category and Customer Name
¾ Problem:
Columns A:C contain product categories, customer names, and prices
paid for various items.
When using the following formula to sum the prices paid by Customer1
on category A products, #NUM! is returned:
=SUMPRODUCT((A:A="A")*(B:B="Customer1"),C:C)
¾ Solution:
=SUMPRODUCT((A1:A7="A")*(B1:B7="Customer1"),C1:C7)
Note:
Summing or counting according to multiple criteria cannot be
performed on entire column.
Therefore, in order to use the above formula, the column ranges must be
adjusted to specific ranges (i.e. A1:A10, A1:A2000, A1:A65000, etc.).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
314
Explanation:
The first argument of the SUMPRODUCT formula is an Array returned by
the following expression:
(A1:A7="A")*(B1:B7="Customer1")
The Array contains a "1" (TRUE) for all the "A" values in column A
(Product Category) that have a corresponding Customer in column B of
"Customer1". "0" (FALSE) is returned for all other values in column A.
The second argument is an Array consisting of all the prices in column C.
values from those two Arrays.
Thus, totaling the prices of all the "Category A" products purchased by
"Customer1".
Summing Total Sales, Based on Quantity &

Price
¾ Problem:
Calculating the total sales price of all the items listed in column A, based
on the amount of items sold (column B), and the price per unit (column C).
¾ Solution 1:
=SUMPRODUCT(B2:B5,C2:C5)
¾ Solution 2:
{=SUM((B2:B5)*(C2:C5))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
315
Chapter 7
Explanation
) Explanation to Solution1:
values in cells B2:B5 (Array1) and cells C2:C5 (Array2).
Thus, each Amount is multiplied by its corresponding Price per Unit,
and the results are totaled.
The following expression returns an Array consisting of the product of
each Amount in column B and its corresponding Price in column C.
(B2:B5)*(C2:C5)
Summing Values from Two Ranges, Based on

Two Criteria
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain a list of candy eaten last week and the calories
corresponding with each item.
Columns C & D contain the equivalent information regarding fruit and
vegetables.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
316
We want a total of the calories gained last week by eating the food items
specified in column F.
¾ Solution 1:
Use the SUMPRODUCT function as shown in either of the following
formulas:
=SUMPRODUCT((A2:A7=F2)*(B2:B7))+SUMPRODUCT((C2:C7=F3)*(D2:
D7))
=SUMPRODUCT(--(A2:A7=F2),(B2:B7))+SUMPRODUCT(--
(C2:C7=F3),(D2:D7))
¾ Solution 2:
=SUMIF(A2:A7,F2,B2:B7)+SUMIF(C2:C7,F3,D2:D7)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
317
Chapter 7
Explanation:
Second Formula:
The first argument of the first SUMPRODUCT function is an Array,
including a "TRUE" for every value in column A that matches the criteria
in cells F2, and a "FALSE" for every value that does not match the criteria.
The "--" sign, entered before the above expression, converts the TRUE and
FALSE values in that Array to "1" and "0" accordingly.
The second argument of the first SUMPRODUCT function is an Array
including all the values in column B (cells B2:B7).
The SUMPRODUCT function returns the sum of the products of the
corresponding items in those two Arrays (i.e. the sum of all the calorie
values that correspond with food items matching the criteria in cell F2).
Similarly, the second SUMPRODUCT function in that formula returns the
sum of all the calorie values (column D) corresponding with food items in
column C that match the criteria in cell F3.
Finally, the two sums are added together.
Note:
Putting the "*" operator between the two ranges in the
SUMPRODUCT function (as done in the first formula) is equivalent to
putting the "--" before the first range and separating it from the second
range with a comma (as done in the second formula).
Summing How Many Points Scored by a

Specified Team in Specified Games
¾ Problem:
Listed in columns A:C are the point totals scored by teams A and B in the
first four games of the season.
We want to calculate the total number of points scored by Team B in the
first two games.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
318
¾ Solution:
{=SUM((A2:A9="B")*(B2:B9<=2)*C2:C9)}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The following expression returns an Array containing all the scores in
column C that correspond with having Team in column A as "B" and
Game Number in column B as smaller than or equal to 2:
(A2:A9="B")*(B2:B9<=2)*C2:C9
The SUM function adds all the scores in that Array.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
319
Chapter 7
Summing Expenses Accumulated to a Specified

Month
¾ Problem:
Column B contains the expenses for each of the months January to July.
We want to create a formula that will sum the expenses for all the months
between January and the month specified in cell D2.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM, OFFSET, and MATCH functions as shown in the following
formula:
=SUM(OFFSET(B2,0,0,MATCH(D2,A2:A8,0),1))
Explanation:
The MATCH function returns the position (row number) of the month
within cells A2:A8 that matches the month entered in cell D2.
The OFFSET function returns the reference of a range that starts at cell B2
and includes as many rows as the number returned by the MATCH
function.
The SUM function adds all the values (Total Expenses) in that range.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
320
Calculating Monthly and Accumulated Income,

Based on Specified Month
¾ Problem:
Cells B3:M5 contain the monthly income from three different sources
(listed in cells A3:A5).
Row 1 (cells B1:M1) contains the serial number matching each month in
row 2 (cells B2:M2).
Row 6 (cells B6:M6) contains SUM formulas, calculating total monthly
income.
We want to retrieve the amounts matching each source of income, as
well as the total income, for a specified month.
We also want to calculate the accumulated income from each source, up
until (and including) that month.
In addition, we want to change the titles above the formulas to include
the month name.
¾ Solution:
To retrieve income per month, use the SUMIF function as shown in
the following formula in cell B9:
=SUMIF($B$1:$M$1,$J$8,B3:M3)
To calculate the accumulated income up until the month indicated,
use the SUMIF function as shown in the following formula in cell C9:
=SUMIF($B$1:$M$1,"<="&$B$10,B3:M3)
To change the titles in cells B8:C8:
Use the INDEX function as shown in the following formulas:
To change the title in cell B8:
=INDEX(B2:M2,J8)&" "&"Income"
To change the title in cell C8:
="Accumulated Income Until" &" "& INDEX(B2:M2,J8)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
321
Chapter 7
Explanation:
) Income per Month Formula:
The SUMIF function adds all the values in cells B3:M3 (Income1
amounts) which have corresponding month number that match the
one entered in cell J8.
Thus, the Income1 amount for the specified month is returned.
) Accumulated Income Formula:
The SUMIF function adds all the values in cells B3:M3 (Income1
amounts) which have corresponding month numbers smaller than or
equal to the one entered in cell J8.
Thus, the accumulated sum of Income1 amounts up until the
specified month is returned.
) Title (cell B8) Formula:
The INDEX function returns the value in cells B2:M2 that is stored in
the position specified in cell J8.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
322
Summing Annual Expenses by Respective

Quarters
¾ Problem:
The range A2:B9 contains a list of dates with corresponding expenses.
We want to create a total of the expenses paid during each quarter.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM, ROUNDUP, and MONTH functions as shown in the
{=SUM((C2=ROUNDUP(MONTH($A$2:$A$9)/3,0))*$B$2:$B$9)}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The MONTH function returns an Array which contains the month number
matching each date in column A.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
323
Chapter 7
The ROUNDUP function divides each of those month numbers by 3 and

rounds it up to the nearest integer (0 decimal places).
Thus, an Array is returned that contains the quarter number matching
each date in column A.
The quarter number in cell C2 is compared with that Array, returning an
Array of TRUE/FALSE results.
"1" (TRUE) is returned for every quarter number in the Array that matches
the number in cell C2 and "0" (FALSE) is returned for every value that
does not match it.
That Array of 1/0 results is then multiplied by another Array, including
the values in column B (Expenses).
Thus, a new Array is created that contains the expenses corresponding to
all the dates matching the desired quarter number.
Finally, the SUM function adds all the values (Expenses) in that Array.
Summing the Number of Hours an Employee

Worked During a Two Week Period
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain the number of hours worked by each ID this
week.
Columns D & E contain the equivalent information for last week.
We want a total of the hours worked by a specified ID over the entire
period.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUMIF function as shown as shown in the following formula:
=SUMIF(A3:A7,B10,B3:B7)+SUMIF(D3:D7,B10,E3:E7)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
324
Explanation:
The first SUMIF function adds all the values in column B (Hours Worked)
that have corresponding IDs (in column A) that match the one entered in
cell B10.
The second SUMIF function does the same thing for the Hours Worked in
column E and IDs in column D.
The two sums are then added together, creating a total of the hours
worked in both weeks.
Summing Last N Values

Summing Groups of Every N Values in a Row
¾ Problem:
Cells in the range B2:M2 contain numerical values, and the row above
contains matching serial numbers.
We want to subdivide the values into batches of three and calculate the
sum of each batch.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
325
Chapter 7
¾ Solution 1:
Use the SUM and INDEX functions as shown in the following formula:
=SUM(INDEX($B$2:$M$2,3*A6-2):INDEX($B$2:$M$2,3*A6))
¾ Solution 2:
Use the SUM and OFFSET functions as shown in the following formula:
=SUM(OFFSET($B$2:$D$2,0,3*(A6-1)))
Explanation:
The first INDEX function uses the batch number in cell A6 to
calculate the position (column number) of the first cell of that batch.
Based on that position, it returns the reference of the first cell of the
batch.
Similarly, the second INDEX function returns the reference of the last
cell of the batch.
The ":" sign between the two INDEX functions creates a reference of
the range containing the desired batch.
The SUM function adds all the values in that range.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
326
The OFFSET function offsets the range reference of the first batch
(cells B2:D2) by as many columns as calculated by the following
expression:
3*(A6-1)
Thus, it returns the reference of the range containing the desired
batch.
Summing the Last N Values in a Column

¾ Problem:
Calculating the sum of the last n numbers in List1 (column A) for each
value of N in column B.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM, OFFSET, and COUNTA functions as shown in the
following formula:
=SUM(OFFSET($A$2,COUNTA($A$2:$A$7)-1,0,-B2))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
327
Chapter 7
Explanation:
The COUNTA function returns the number of values in column A.
The OFFSET function offsets the given reference (cell A2) down as many
rows as the number calculated by the COUNTA function minus 1, and
creates the reference of a range that ends at that point (the cell containing
the last value in List1) and includes as many rows as the number entered
in cell B2.
Summing the N Largest Values in a Range

¾ Problem:
Summing the n largest values in List1 (column A) for each value of N in
column B.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM, LARGE, ROW, and INDIRECT functions as shown in the
{=SUM(LARGE($A$2:$A$11,ROW(INDIRECT("1:"&B2))))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
328
Explanation:
The text value "1:" and the number of values to sum (cell B2) are joined
into a single text value, representing a reference of the rows from "1" to
the number in cell B2.
The INDIRECT function returns the reference indicated by that text.
The ROW function returns an Array consisting of the row numbers of
each row included in that reference.
The LARGE function uses each of those row numbers as a value for kth
and returns an Array consisting of the kth largest number in column A for
each value of K.
Creating a List in which Each Number is the

Sum of the Previous N Numbers
¾ Problem:
We want to create a sequence of numbers where each member of the
sequence is the sum of the previous N number of values.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
Summing
329
Chapter 7
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM, OFFSET, INDIRECT, ADDRESS, ROW, and COLUMN
=SUM(OFFSET(INDIRECT(ADDRESS(ROW(),COLUMN())),0,-1,1,-2))
Explanation:
The ADDRESS function, using the ROW() and COLUMN() functions,
returns a text value representing the reference of the current cell.
The INDIRECT function returns the reference indicated by that text value.
The OFFSET function returns the reference of a range that consists of the
two cells located to the right of that reference (current cell).
The SUM function adds the values in that range.
The last two arguments of the OFFSET function delineate the size of the
range (height& width).
When the range width of the OFFSET function is -2, the above formula
adds the previous 2 numbers to form the current number.
When the width is -3, the formula sums the previous 3 numbers, and so
on.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
330
Last printed: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 11:32:00 AM
List
331
Chapter 8
Chapter 8
List
About This Chapter

with the use of List formulas, and includes the following sections:
) Sorting, Reversing, & Retrieving Values, page 332: This section
contains formulas for sorting values in ascending/ descending order,
and for reversing and shuffling values in lists.
) Creating a New List Using Criteria, page 338: This section contains
various formulas for creating a new list by retrieving unique values,
by ignoring blank values, and by checking for values that are in
sequence.
) Identifying Duplicate Values, page 348: This section covers formulas
for identifying duplicate values in a list.
) Transposing a List, page 352: This section contains formulas that
transpose values from rows to columns and vice versa.
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
332
Sorting, Reversing, & Retrieving

Values
Sorting Numbers in Ascending or Descending
Order
¾ Problem:
List1 (column A) contains a range of unsorted numbers.
We want to create two new lists of the same numbers: one sorted in
ascending order, and the other in descending order.
¾ Solution:
To sort in ascending order, use the SMALL and ROW functions as
shown in the following formula (in cell B2):
=SMALL($A$2:$A$5,ROW()-ROW($B$2)+1)
To sort in descending order, use the LARGE and ROW functions as
shown in the following formula (in cell C2):
=LARGE($A$2:$A$5,ROW()-ROW($C$2)+1)
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
List
333
Chapter 8
Explanation:
) Sort Ascending Formula (cell B2):
The ROW functions in the following expression return the row
numbers of the current cell and the first cell in the result column (cell
$B$2):
ROW()-ROW($B$2)
The result of this expression represents the number of values that have
been retrieved from List1 so far.
The SMALL function returns the kth smallest number in List1, where
kth is the number calculated by the above expression, plus 1.
Thus, it returns the smallest number in List1 that has not yet been
retrieved; resulting in an ascending list of numbers.
) Sort Descending Formula (cell C2):
$C$2):
ROW()-ROW($C$2)
The LARGE function returns the kth largest number in List1, where kth
is the number calculated by the above expression, plus 1.
Thus, it returns the largest number in List1 that has not yet been
retrieved; resulting in a descending list of numbers.
Sorting Numbers Based on Their Frequency

within a List
¾ Problem:
We want to create a list in column B that consists of each unique value
from List1 (column A).
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
334
The values are to be sorted in descending order according to their

frequency of occurrence in List1 (i.e. the most frequent number in List1
will appear first, followed by the second most frequent number, and so
on).
¾ Solution:
Enter the MODE function as shown in the following formula (in cell B2):
=MODE(A2:A15)
Then, use the MODE, IF, and COUNTIF functions as shown in the
following Array formula in cell B3 and copy it down the column until the
#N/A error is returned:
{=MODE(IF(COUNTIF($B$2:B2,$A$2:$A$15)=0,$A$2:$A$15))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
List
335
Chapter 8
Explanation:
) First Formula (cell B2):
The MODE function returns the most common number in List1.
) Second Formula (cells B3:B6):
times each value in List1 (cells A2:A15) matches one of the values
currently in column B (i.e. cells $B$2:B2).
A count of 0 represents a number in List1 that does not yet appear in
column B.
Any other count represents a number in List1 that has already been
added to column B.
The IF function returns an Array consisting of the values in List1
corresponding to each zero returned by the COUNTIF function, i.e.
all the numbers in List1 that have not yet been added to column B.
The MODE function returns the most common number in that Array.
Thus, the second most frequent number in List1 now appears in cell
B3.
Similarly, the third most frequent number will appear in cell B4, and
so on.
Reversing the Order of Values in a List

¾ Problem:
We want to rearrange the contents of the list in column A in reverse
order.
¾ Solution:
Use the OFFSET, COUNTA, and ROW functions as shown in the
following formula:
=OFFSET($A$2,COUNTA($A$2:$A$6)-ROW()+1,0))
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
336
Explanation:
cells A2:A6.
The ROW function returns the row number of the current cell.
The calculated row number is then subtracted from the number of values,
and 1 is added to the result.
The OFFSET function offsets the reference of the first cell in the list (cell
$A$2) as many rows as the number calculated above.
Thus, the contents of the list are copied in reverse order.
Shuffling a List of Values

¾ Problem:
List1 (column B) contains a range of alphabetically sorted letters.
We want to create a randomly shuffled list of the same letters in column C.
¾ Solution:
Enter the RAND function as shown in each of the corresponding cells in
column A:
=RAND()
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
List
337
Chapter 8
In column C, use the VLOOKUP, LARGE, and ROW functions as shown

=VLOOKUP(LARGE($A$2:$A$9,ROW()-
ROW($C$2)+1),$A$2:$B$9,2,FALSE)
The list will reshuffle with each recalculation (<F9> key).
Explanation:
) First Formula (Column A):
The RAND function returns a random number between 0 and 1.
) Second Formula (Column C):
The ROW functions return the row numbers of the current cell and of
the first cell in the shuffled list (cell C2):
Subtracting these numbers represents the number of letters that have
currently been retrieved from List1 (cells B2:B9).
The LARGE function returns the kth largest random number from cells
A2:A9, where kth is the number calculated by the ROW expression,
plus 1.
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
338
Thus, in the first cell of the shuffled list (cell C2), the LARGE function
returns the largest random number, in the second cell (cell C3), it
returns the second largest random number, and so on.
The VLOOKUP function looks up column A for the number returned
by the LARGE function, and retrieves the corresponding value from
the second column (column B).
As the random values in column A change with each recalculation
(<F9> key), the order of the letters in the shuffled list will also change
accordingly.
Creating a New List Using Criteria

Retrieving Unique Values from a List
¾ Problem:
Column A contains a list of values, each of which may appear more than
once.
We want to create a list in column B in which each value from column A
may only appear once.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX, MATCH, and COUNTIF functions as shown in the
{=INDEX($A$2:$A$8,MATCH(0,COUNTIF($B$2:B2,$A$2:$A$8),0))}
Note:
The first cell in the unique list (column B) must remain empty.
The formula should be entered in the second cell and copied down
until the #N/A error is returned.
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
List
339
Chapter 8

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
times each value in the list (cells A2:A8) matches one of the values
currently in column B (i.e. cells $B$2:B2).
A count of 0 represents a value in the list that does not yet appear in
column B.
Any other count represents a value in the list that has already been added
to column B
The MATCH function returns the position of the first 0 within that Array.
The INDEX function returns the value stored in the same position in the
list.
Thus, the first value in the list that does not already appear in column B is
now added.
When the formula is copied to the other cells, the reference of the result
column (cells $B$2:B2) changes to include all the cells in column B
above the current cell.
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
340
Retrieving List Values that Do Not Appear in a

Second List
¾ Problem:
We want to create a new list consisting of the values from List1 (column
A) that are not common to List2 (column B) as well.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX, SMALL, IF, COUNTIF, and ROW functions as shown in
{=INDEX($A$2:$A$7,SMALL(IF(COUNTIF($B$2:$B$7,$A$2:$A$7)=0,RO
W($A$2:$A$7),1000),ROW()-ROW($C$2)+1)-ROW($C$2)+1)}
Enter the formula in cell C2 and copy it down the column until the #REF!
error is returned.

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
List
341
Chapter 8
Explanation:
times each value in List1 (cells A2:A7) matches one of the values in List2
(cells B2:B7).
The IF function returns an Array consisting of the row number (calculated
by the ROW function) of each value in List1 for which the COUNTIF
function returned a count of 0 (i.e. values that don’t exist in List2), and the
number 1000 for every other value.
of the current cell and the first cell in the result column (cell $C$2):
ROW()-ROW($C$2)
The SMALL function returns the kth smallest number in the Array returned
by the IF function, where kth is the number calculated by the above
expression, plus 1.
Thus, it returns the row number of the first value in List1 that is not
common to List2 and has not yet been retrieved.
The row number of the first cell in the result column (cells $C$2) is then
subtracted from the row number returned by the SMALL function, and 1 is
added to the result.
The result of that calculation represents the position within List1 of the
first value that does not appear in List2 and that has not yet been
retrieved.
The INDEX function returns the value stored in that position in List1.
Thus, a list is created of all the values in List1 that are not common to
List2.
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
342
Retrieving Values that are Common to Two

Lists
¾ Problem:
We want to create a new list consisting of the values that are common to
both List1 (column A) and List2 (Column B).
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX, SMALL, IF, COUNTIF, and ROW functions as shown in
{=INDEX($A$2:$A$9,SMALL(IF(COUNTIF($B$2:$B$9,$A$2:$A$9)>0,RO
W($A$2:$A$9),1000),ROW()-ROW($D$2)+1)-ROW($D$2)+1)}
Enter the formula in cell D2 and copy it down the column until the #REF!
error is returned.

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
List
343
Chapter 8
Explanation:
times each value in List1 (cells A2:A9) matches one of the values in List2
(cells B2:B9).
by the ROW function) of each value in List1 for which the COUNTIF
function returned a count greater than 0 (i.e. the value exists in List2), and
the number 1000 for every other value.
of the current cell and the first cell the result column (cell $D$2):
ROW()-ROW($D$2)
The result of this expression represents the number of common values
that have been retrieved so far.
expression, plus 1.
Thus, it returns the row number of the first value in List1 that also exists in
List2 and has not yet been retrieved.
The row number of the first cell in the result column (cell $D$2) is then
first common value that has not yet been retrieved.
Thus, a list is created of all the values in List1 that also appear in List2.
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
344
Creating a List of All Non-Blank Cells in a

Column
¾ Problem:
List1 (column A) contains values as well as blank cells.
We want to create a new list in column B that consists of just the values
from List1.
¾ Solution:
{=INDEX($A$2:$A$11,SMALL(IF($A$2:$A$11<>"
",ROW($A$2:$A$11),1000),ROW()-ROW($B$2)+1)-ROW($B$2)+1)}
Enter the formula in cell B2, and copy it down the column, until the
#REF! error is returned.

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
List
345
Chapter 8
Explanation:
by the ROW function) of each non-blank cell in List1 and the number
1000 for each blank cell.
of the current cell and the first cell in the result column (cell $B$2):
ROW()-ROW($B$2)
first non-blank cell that has not yet been retrieved.
expression, plus 1.
Thus, it returns the row number of the first non-blank cell in List1 that has
not yet been retrieved.
The row number of the first cell in the result column (cell $B$2) is then
The result of that calculation represents the position of the first non-blank
cell that has not yet been retrieved from List1.
The INDEX function returns the value that is stored in that position in
List1.
Thus, a list of all the non-blank cells in List1 is created.
Retrieving Values from a List that are Greater

than a Specified Number
¾ Problem:
We want to retrieve all the numbers from List1 (column A) that are greater
than the number specified in cell B2.
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
346
¾ Solution:
{=INDEX($A$2:$A$8,SMALL(IF($A$2:$A$8>$B$2,ROW($A$2:$A$8)-
ROW($C$2)+1,100),ROW()-ROW($C$2)+1))}
Enter the formula in cell C2 and then copy it down the column until the
#REF! error is returned.

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
by the ROW function) of each value in List1 that is greater than the
number in cell B2, and the number 100 for each value that isn’t.
of the current cell and the first cell in the result column (cell $C$2):
ROW()-ROW($C$2)
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
List
347
Chapter 8
expression, plus 1.
Thus, it returns the row number of the first value in List1 that is greater
than the number in cell B2 and has not yet been retrieved.
The row number of the first cell in the result column (cell $C$2) is then
first value that is greater than the number in cell B2 and that has not yet
been retrieved.
Thus, a list is created of all the values in List1 that are greater than the
number in cell B2.
Checking for Sequences within a Sorted List

¾ Problem:
List1 (column A) is a series of numbers that has been sorted in ascending
order.
We want to create a formula that will check whether each number is part
of a consecutive sequence.
¾ Solution:
Use the IF and OR functions as shown in the following formula:
=IF(OR((A2+1=A3),(A2-1=A1)),"Sequential","Not Sequential")
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
348
Explanation:
The OR function returns TRUE if the number in cell A2 plus 1 equals the
number succeeding it (cell A3), or if the number in cell A2 minus 1
equals the number preceding it (cell A1).
Thus, TRUE is returned if the number in cell A2 is sequential to either of
its immediate neighbors.
If TRUE is returned, the IF function returns the string "Sequential".
Otherwise, it returns "Not Sequential".
Identifying Duplicate Values

Checking for Duplicate Values within a Range
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain two lists of values.
We want to create a formula that will check whether there is any
duplication of values within either list (blank cells are to be ignored).
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
List
349
Chapter 8
¾ Solution:
Use the IF, COUNTA, SUMPRODUCT, and COUNTIF functions as
=IF(COUNTA(A2:A7)=SUMPRODUCT((A2:A7<>"
")/COUNTIF(A2:A7,A2:A7&"")),"No Duplicates","Duplicates")
The formula will return "Duplicates" if the list contains duplicate values,
otherwise it will return "No Duplicates".
Explanation:
The SUMPRODUCT function (using the COUNTIF function) returns the
number of unique values in List1.
The COUNTA function returns the total number of values (non-blank
cells) in List1.
These two results are then compared. If they are equal, the IF function
returns the string "No Duplicates". Otherwise, it returns "Duplicates".
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
350
Identifying Duplicate Rows within a Range

¾ Problem:
The range A2:C6 contains a list of items with their matching categories
and prices.
Any rows containing identical entries are duplicate records.
We want to identify each duplicate record in the range.
¾ Solution:
=SUMPRODUCT((B2=$B$2:$B$6)*(A2=$A$2:$A$6)*(C2=$C$2:$C$6))>1
Explanation:
every value in cells B2:B6 that equals the value in cell B2 and "0" (FALSE)
for every value that doesn’t:
B2=$B$2:$B$6
Similar expressions are used regarding columns A & C and the values
entered in cells A2 & C2.
values in all three Arrays.
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
List
351
Chapter 8
Thus, a count is returned of all the rows in range A2:C6 that contain the
three values stored in cells A2:C2.
If that count is larger than 1 (i.e. the same combination of values appears
in more than one row), TRUE is returned. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
Determining and Indicating the Number of

Times Each Value Has Been Entered in a List
¾ Problem:
We want to create a formula to determine the total number of times each
value in List1 (column A) has been entered. The formula should also
provide a textual indication of the calculated frequency.
¾ Solution:
Use the IF and COUNTIF functions as shown in the following formula:
=IF(COUNTIF($A$2:$A$8,A2)=1,"Unique",
COUNTIF($A$2:$A$8,A2)&" Duplicates")
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
352
Explanation:
A2:A8) that are equal to the one entered in cell A2.
If that number is equal to 1, the IF function returns the string "Unique".
Otherwise, it returns a string composed of the result of the COUNTIF
function and the text "Duplicates".
Transposing a List
Transposing an Entire Range of Data into a
Single Column
¾ Problem:
Transposing all the values from Data Range (cells B3:E5) into a single
column.
¾ Solution:
To process the values in Data Range from left to right (i.e. row by
row):
Use the OFFSET, INT, ROW, and MOD functions as shown in the
formula in cell H3:
=OFFSET($B$3,INT((ROW()-ROW($H$3))/4),MOD(ROW()-
ROW($H$3),4))
To process the values in Data Range from top to bottom (i.e. column
by column):
Use the OFFSET, MOD, ROW, and INT functions as shown in the
following formula in cell I3:
=OFFSET($B$3,MOD(ROW()-ROW($I$3),3),INT((ROW()-
ROW($I$3))/3))
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
List
353
Chapter 8
Explanation:
) Left to Right Formula (cell H3):
$H$3):
ROW()-ROW($H$3)
been retrieved from Data Range so far, and is used to calculate the
row_num and column_num arguments of the OFFSET function.
row_num:
The number calculated by the ROW functions is divided by 4 (the
number of values in each row of Data Range), and the INT function
rounds the result to the nearest integer. The result represents the
number of full rows in Data Range that have been retrieved so far.
column_num:
The MOD function divides the number calculated by the ROW
functions by 3 (the number of values in each column of Data Range),
and returns the remainder. The result represents the number of values
retrieved so far from the row that is currently being processed.
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
354
The OFFSET function offsets the reference of the first cell in Data
Range (cell B3) by as many rows and columns as the numbers
calculated by the INT and MOD functions.
Thus, each of the values in the first row is processed, and then the
values in the second row, and so on.
) Top to Bottom Formula (cell I3):
numbers of the current cell and the first cell in the result column
($l$3):
ROW()-ROW($I$3)
been retrieved from Data Range so far, and is used to calculate the
row_num and column_num arguments of the OFFSET function.
row_num:
The number calculated by the ROW functions is divided by 3 (the
number of values in each column of Data Range), and the INT
function rounds the result to the nearest integer. The result represents
the number of full columns in Data Range that have been retrieved so
far.
column_num:
The MOD function divides the number calculated by the ROW
functions by 4 (the number of values in each row of Data Range), and
returns the remainder. The result represents the number of values
retrieved so far from the column that is currently being processed.
The OFFSET function offsets the reference of the first cell in Data
Range (cell B3) by as many rows and columns as the numbers
calculated by the INT and MOD functions.
Thus, each of the values in the first column is processed, then the
values in the second column, and so on.
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
List
355
Chapter 8
Transposing a Column into Successive Rows of

a Specified Length
¾ Problem:
Transposing List1 (column A) into successive three-cell rows.
¾ Solution:
Use the OFFSET, ROW, and COLUMN functions as shown in the
following formula in cell C2:
=OFFSET($A$2,(ROW()-ROW($C$2)+1)*3-3+COLUMN()-
COLUMN($C$2),0)
Copy the formula across to D2 & E2, and then copy all three cells down
columns C:E.
Explanation:
The ROW and COLUMN functions return the row and column numbers
of the current cell and the first cell in the result range (cell C2).
Those numbers are used to calculate the position of the current cell
within the result range.
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
356
Based on that position and the number of cells to be transposed into each
row (3), the formula calculates the number of values that have been
retrieved from List1 so far (i.e. if the current cell was cell D2, the result
would be 1).
The OFFSET function offsets the reference "$A$2" (the first cell in List1) as
many rows as the number calculated above.
Transposing a Range in Ascending Order

¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain a list of client payments, and the dates they were
made.
We want to transpose the data from columns A & B (cells A2:B6) into
rows 1 & 2 (E1:I2). In doing so, the payments are to be sorted from
earliest to latest.
¾ Solution:
Use the SMALL and COLUMN functions as shown in the following
formula and enter the formula in cells E1:I1:
=SMALL($A$2:$A$6,COLUMN()-COLUMN($E$1)+1)
Then, use the INDEX and MATCH functions as shown in the following
formula and enter the formula in cells E2:I2:
=INDEX($B$2:$B$6,MATCH(E1,$A$2:$A$6,0))
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
List
357
Chapter 8
Explanation:
) Pay Date Formula (cells E1:I1):
The COLUMN functions in the following expression return the
column numbers of the current cell and the first cell in the result row
(cell $E$1):
COLUMN()-COLUMN($E$1)
The result of this expression represents the number of pay dates that
have been retrieved from cells A2:A6 so far.
The SMALL function returns the kth earliest date in cells A2:A6,
where kth is the number calculated by the above expression, plus 1.
Thus, it returns the earliest pay date that has not yet been retrieved;
resulting in an ascending list of dates in row 1.
) Payment Formula (cells E2:I2):
The MATCH function returns the position (row number) within cells
A2:A6 of the date returned into E1.
The INDEX function returns the payment stored at the same position
within cells B2:B6.
Thus, the payment matching each date in row 1 is returned into row 2.
Transposing Values from Columns into Rows,

and Vice Versa
¾ Problem:
Transposing the values in List1 (cells A2:A5) into a row, and the values in
List2 (cells B10:F10) into a column.
¾ Solution 1: To transpose from a Column into a Row.

To transpose the values in Column A (List1) into a Row:
Using the INDEX and COLUMN functions, enter the following formula in
cell C2, and then copy it across the next 3 cells in the row:
=INDEX($A$2:$A$5,COLUMN()-COLUMN($C$2)+1)
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
358
Alternative solution:
Select cells C2:F2 and enter the TRANSPOSE function as shown in the
{=TRANSPOSE(A2:A5)}
¾ Solution 2: To transpose from a Row into a Column.

To transpose the values in Row 10 (List2) into a Column:
Using the INDEX and ROW functions, enter the following formula in cell
H10, and then copy it down to the next 4 cells in the column:
=INDEX($B$10:$F$10,ROW()-ROW($H$10)+1)
Alternative solution:
Select cells H10:H14 and enter the TRANSPOSE function as shown in the
{=TRANSPOSE(B10:F10)}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
List
359
Chapter 8
Explanation:
) Transposing from a Column into a Row:
INDEX and COLUMN Formula:
The COLUMN functions in the following expression return the
column numbers of the current cell and of the first cell in the result
row (cell $C$2).
COLUMN()-COLUMN($C$2)+1
The result of that expression represents the position (serial number) of
the value to be retrieved from List1 (cells A2:A5).
When the formula is copied to the next cell, the result of the above
expression increases by 1 (with respect to the column number of the
current cell), therefore, the formula returns the next value in List1.
) TRANSPOSE Array Formula:
The TRANSPOSE function returns an Array that is the transposed
version of the Array representing List1 (cells A2:A5).
As the values in List1 are arranged in a column, the values in the
Array returned by the TRANSPOSE function are arranged in a row.
That Array is returned into cells C2:F2 (selected on entering the
formula).
) Transposing from a Row into a Column:
INDEX and ROW Formula:
numbers of the current cell and of the first cell in the result column
(cell $H$10).
ROW()-ROW($H$10)+1
The result of that expression represents the position (serial number) of
the value to be retrieved from List2 (cells B10:F10).
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
360
When the formula is copied to the next cell, the result of the above
expression increases by 1 (with respect to the row number of the
current cell), therefore, the formula returns the next value in List2.
) TRANSPOSE Array Formula:
The TRANSPOSE function returns an Array that is the transposed
version of the Array representing List2 (cells B10:F10).
As the values in List2 are arranged in a row, the values in the Array
returned by the TRANSPOSE function are arranged in a column.
That Array is returned into cells H10:H14 (selected on entering the
formula).
Last printed: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM

Last saved: 8/19/2005 9:45:00 AM
Miscellaneous Calculation & Math
361
Chapter 9
Chapter 9
Miscellaneous Calculation
& Math
About This Chapter
This chapter deals with formulas used for complex mathematical

calculations and other miscellaneous calculations using various functions.
It includes the following sections:
) Averaging Values, page 363: This section contains simple averaging
calculations.
) Averaging Using Criteria, page 365: This section contains many
examples that use criteria to calculate averages. For example, finding
the average of list price and sale price, averaging sales by salesperson,
averaging values from a dynamic range, averaging every Nth value,
and more.
) Finding Minimum / Maximum Values, page 382: This section covers
formulas dealing with minimum/maximum values in a list.
) Rounding Values, page 390: This section contains various formulas
dealing with rounding of currency values, sales tax, numerical
substrings, and more.
) Ranking Values, page 398: This section provides examples of
formulas dealing with ranking lists of numbers, ranking values in a
dynamic list, and calculating commissions based on sales ranking.
) Random Calculation, page 402: This section contains examples of
formulas that deal with random calculations.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
362
) Miscellaneous Calculation, page 407: This section contains solutions

to many issues that are not allocated to other sections.
) Converting Units, page 426: In this section few examples using the
CONVERT function to convert measurements of distance, temperature
and units.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
363
Chapter 9
Averaging Values
Calculating Average Annual Growth
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B show annual profits for a number of years.
We want to calculate the average rate at which profits grew each year.
¾ Solution:
Use the AVERAGE function in the following Array formula:
{=AVERAGE((B3:B5-B2:B4)/B2:B4)}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
An annual growth rate is calculated by subtracting last year’s profit
from this year’s profit, and dividing the result by last year’s profit.
between each profit in the years 2002-2004 (cells B3:B5) and the
profit in the previous year (cells B2:B4):
B3:B5-B2:B4
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
364
Each difference in that Array is then divided by the corresponding

profit in cells B2:B4.
Thus, an Array consisting of the annual growth rate for each year
(2002-2004) is returned.
The AVERAGE function returns the average of all the values in that
Array.
Thus, it returns the average rate at which profits grew each year.
Calculating the Average Growth of a Child

¾ Problem:
A child’s height has been measured once a year.
Columns A & B show the results of these measurements for a period of six
years.
We want to use these figures to calculate the average number of
centimeters the child grew each year.
¾ Solution:
Use the AVERAGE function in the following Array formula:
{=AVERAGE(B3:B7-B2:B6)}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
365
Chapter 9
Explanation:
The following expression calculates the difference between each of the
cells B3:B7 and the cell above it (cells B2:B6):
B3:B7-B2:B6
Thus, creating an Array containing the number of centimeters the child
grew each year.
which is the average number of centimeters the child grew each year.
Averaging Using Criteria

Calculating the Average for Numbers Meeting
Specified Criteria
¾ Problem:
We want to calculate the average of all prices in column A that are higher
than 200.
¾ Solution:
Use the IF and AVERAGE functions in the following Array formula:
{=AVERAGE(IF(A2:A7>B2,A2:A7))}

Select the cell, press <F2>
and simultaneously press
<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
366
Explanation:
value in column A that is greater than the value in cell B2, and FALSE for
every value that isn’t:
A2:A7>B2
The IF function returns an Array consisting of the values in column A
(cells A2:A7) for which TRUE was returned by the above expression.
Thus, an Array is returned consisting of the prices in column A that are
higher than the criteria in cell B2.
The AVERAGE function returns the average of all the values in that Array.
Calculating the Average Difference between

List Price and Sale Price
¾ Problem:
Column A contains the list prices for a range of items. Their matching sale
prices are shown in column B.
We want to calculate the average of the differences between the list and
sale price and average difference in percentage.
¾ Solution 1:
To calculate the average difference in dollar amount, use the AVERAGE
function in the following Array Formula:
{=AVERAGE(A2:A5-B2:B5)}
¾ Solution 2:
To calculate the average difference in dollar amount, use the SUM and
COUNT functions in the following formula:
=(SUM(A2:A5)-SUM(B2:B5))/COUNT(A2:A5)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
367
Chapter 9
¾ Solution 3:
To calculate the average difference in percentage, use the AVERAGE
function in the following Array formula:
{=AVERAGE((A2:A5/B2:B5-1)*100)}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
between each value in cells A2:A5 (List Price) and the corresponding
value in cells B2:B5 (Sale Price):
A2:A5-B2:B5
Array.
Thus, calculating the average difference between List Price and Sale
Price.
The first SUM function adds all the values in cells A2:A5 (List Prices).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
368
The second SUM function adds all the values in cells B2:B5 (Sale
Prices).
The sum of the Sale Prices is then subtracted from the sum of the List
Prices, returning the total difference between all List Prices and all
Sale Prices.
Finally, that difference is divided by the total number of prices in cells
A2:A5 (returned by the COUNT function), returning the average
difference between List Price and Sale Price.
The following expression divides each value in cells A2:A5 (List Price)
by the corresponding value in cells B2:B5 (Sale Price) and subtracts 1
from each result:
A2:A5/B2:B5-1
Thus, an Array is created that consists of the difference rate between
each List Price and its corresponding Sale Price.
Each value in that Array is then multiplied by 100 to convert the rates
to percentages.
The AVERAGE function returns the average of all the values in the
Array.
Thus, calculating the average difference in percentage between List
Price and Sale Price.
Finding Specified Items in a List and Averaging

their Associated Values
¾ Problem:
We want to look up List1 (column A) for each of the values in column C.
For each lookup, we want to calculate the average of all the numbers
from List2 (column B) that correspond to matches in List1.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
369
Chapter 9
¾ Solution:
Use the AVERAGE and IF functions in the following Array formula:
{=AVERAGE(IF($A$2:$A$7=C2,$B$2:$B$7))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The IF function returns an Array consisting of all the numbers in List2
(cells B2:B7) that have corresponding values in List1 (cells A2:A7) that are
equal to the value in cell C2.
The AVERAGE function returns the average of the numbers in that Array.
Excluding Exceptional Values when Calculating

an Average
¾ Problem:
List1 (column A) contains 10 numbers, two of which (0 & 500) are
significantly smaller or greater than the remainder.
If included in an average calculation, these exceptional values would
disproportionately influence the result.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
370
We, therefore, need a way of calculating an average that more accurately

reflects the general spread of data.
¾ Solution:
Use the TRIMMEAN function as shown in the following formula:
=TRIMMEAN(A2:A11,0.2)
Explanation:
The TRIMMEAN function returns the mean of the interior of a data set.
The first argument of this function is the data set to average.
The second argument is the percentage of top and bottom values to be
excluded from the calculation.
Thus, the above TRIMMEAN function will average the middle 80% of the
values in cells A2:A11; excluding both the top 10% (500) and the bottom
10% (0).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
371
Chapter 9
Calculating an Average, Only Including Prices

on Which There Was no Discount
¾ Problem:
Calculating the average of the prices from column B, but only including
those on which there was no discount (as shown in column A).
¾ Solution 1:
Use the AVERAGE and IF functions as shown in the following Array
Formula:
{=AVERAGE(IF(A2:A6="No",B2:B6))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
¾ Solution 2:
Use the SUMIF and COUNTIF functions as shown in the following
formula:
=SUMIF(A2:A6,"No",B2:B6)/COUNTIF(A2:A6,"No")
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
372
Explanation:
The IF function returns an Array consisting of all the values (Prices) in
cells B2:B6 for which the corresponding string in cells A2:A6 is "No".
Array.
Thus, calculating the average of all the prices in column B on which
there is no discount.
The SUMIF function adds all the values in cells B2:B6 for which the
corresponding strings in cells A2:A6 are "No".
Similarly, the COUNTIF function returns the number of values in cells
B2:B6 for which the corresponding strings in cells A2:A6 are "No".
The sum calculated by the SUMIF function is then divided by the
count returned by the COUNTIF function, returning the average of all
the values in cells B2:B6 for which the corresponding strings in A2:A6
are "No".
Thus, calculating the average of all the prices in column B on which
there is no discount.
Averaging Sales Totals by Day of the Week

¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain dates and their matching sales totals.
We want to determine which day of the week corresponds with each date
in column A, and then calculate an average sales figure for each day of
the week over the whole period. That is, we want an average sales total
for all of the Mondays, one for all the Tuesdays, and so on.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
373
Chapter 9
¾ Solution:
Use the AVERAGE, IF, and WEEKDAY functions in the following Array
formula:
{=AVERAGE(IF(WEEKDAY(A2)=WEEKDAY($A$2:$A$16),$C$2:$C$16)}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The first WEEKDAY function in the following expression returns a serial
number (1-7) that represents the day of the week corresponding with the
date in cell A2:
WEEKDAY(A2)=WEEKDAY($A$2:$A$16)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
374
Similarly, the second WEEKDAY function in that expression returns an

Array of numbers, representing the day of the week corresponding with
each date in cells A2:A16.
The result of the above expression is an Array consisting of TRUE for
every date in cells A2:A16 that has a corresponding day of the week
equal to that of the date in cell A2, and FALSE for every date that doesn’t.
For each of the TRUE values in that Array, the IF function returns the
corresponding value from column C (Sales Total).
Thus, an Array is created consisting of the sales totals for all the dates in
column A that have the same day of the week as the date in cell A2.
The AVERAGE function returns the average of the values in that Array.
Averaging Values that Correspond with the X

Largest Values in a Dynamic Range
¾ Problem:
Column A contains dates of recent basketball games.
Column B contains the number of points scored by a particular player
during each game.
Whenever a new game is played, the relevant dates and scores are added
to the sheet.
We want to create formulas that will average the most recent X number of
scores for each value for X listed in column D. The formulas should
automatically update whenever new data is added.
¾ Solution:
Use the AVERAGE, IF, and LARGE functions in the following Array
formula:
{=AVERAGE(IF($A$2:$A$65000>=LARGE($A$2:$A$65000,D2),$B$2:$B
$65000))}
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
375
Chapter 9

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The LARGE function returns the K largest number in column A (the kth
most recent date), where kth is the Number of Games to Average in cell
D2.
The IF function returns an Array consisting of all the scores in column B
that have a corresponding date in column A later than or equal to the one
returned by the LARGE function.
Thus, an Array is returned that contains the scores of the kth most recent
games.
The AVERAGE function returns the average of the values in that Array.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
376
Calculating the Average of a Range of

Numbers, Excluding the Minimal Value
¾ Problem:
We want to identify the minimum value from the range A2:B5, and then
perform an average calculation of the remaining numbers.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM, MIN, and COUNT functions in the following formula:
=(SUM(A2:B5)-MIN(A2:B5))/(COUNT(A2:B5)-1)
Explanation:
The SUM function adds all the values in range A2:B5.
The MIN function returns the minimum number in that range.
As the minimum value is to be excluded in the calculation, the number
returned by the MIN function is subtracted from the sum returned by the
SUM function.
The result is then divided by the number of values in the range
(calculated by the COUNT function) minus 1 (because the minimum
value is excluded from the sum).
Thus, the formula returns the average of all the numbers in range A2:B5
except for the minimum.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
377
Chapter 9
Calculating the Average of Every Nth Value

¾ Problem:
Calculating the average of the values from every 4th line in a list.
¾ Solution:
Use the AVERAGE, IF, MOD, and ROW functions in the following Array
formula:
{=AVERAGE(IF((MOD(ROW($B$2:$B$10)-
ROW($B$2)+1,C2))=0,$B$2:$B$10))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The first ROW function in the following expression returns the row
number of each cell in cells B2:B10:
ROW($B$2:$B$10)-ROW($B$2)+1
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
378
The second ROW function returns the row number of the first cell in the
list (cell B2).
Those row numbers are used by the above expression to calculate an
Array of serial numbers matching each cell in cells B2:B10.
The MOD function divides each of the serial numbers in the Array by the
N value in cell C2 (4), and returns an Array consisting of the remainder of
each calculation.
The IF function returns an Array consisting of all the values in cells
B2:B10 that have serial numbers that are divisible by N (i.e. the
remainder returned by the MOD function is 0).
i.e. the average of the values from every nth (4th) line in the list.
Calculating the Average of Every Nth Value,

Excluding Zeros
¾ Problem:
For each value of n found in column C, we want to calculate the average
of every nth cell from List1. We also want to exclude any zeros from the
calculation.
¾ Solution:
Use the AVERAGE, IF, MOD, and ROW functions as shown in the
{=AVERAGE(IF((MOD(ROW($A$2:$A$13)-
ROW($A$2)+1,C2)=0)*($A$2:$A$13<>0),$A$2:$A$13))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
379
Chapter 9
Explanation:
The first ROW function in the following expression returns the row
number of each cell in List1 (cells A2:A13):
ROW($A$2:$A$13)-ROW($A$2)+1
The second ROW function returns the row number of the first cell in the
list (cell A2).
Those row numbers are used by the above expression to calculate an
Array of serial numbers matching each cell in List1.
The MOD function divides each of the serial numbers in that Array by the
N value in cell C2, and returns an Array consisting of the remainder of
each calculation.
The following expression returns an additional Array consisting of TRUE
for every value in List1 that is not equal to 0 and FALSE for every other
value:
$A$2:$A$13<>0
The IF function returns an Array consisting of the values in List1 for which
TRUE was returned by the above expression (non-zeros) and for which
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
380
the serial numbers (calculated above) were divisible by N (i.e. the

Thus, an average is calculated for every nth cell in List1, excluding zeros.
Calculating the Average Value in Every Nth

Column, Excluding Zeros
¾ Problem:
Row 2 contains numeric values, with their matching serial numbers
shown in row 1.
We want to calculate an average of the values from every 3rd column,
excluding zeros from the calculation.
¾ Solution:
Use the AVERAGE, IF, MOD, COLUMN, and CELL functions in the
{=AVERAGE(IF((MOD(COLUMN(B2:K2)-
CELL("col",B2)+1,E4)=0)*(B2:K2<>0),B2:K2))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
381
Chapter 9
Explanation:
The COLUMN function in the following expression returns the column
number of each numeric value in row 2 (cells B2:K2):
COLUMN(B2:K2)-CELL("col",B2)+1,
The CELL function returns the column number (specified by using the
string "col" as the first argument of the function) of the first numeric value
in the row (cell B2).
Those column numbers are used by the above expression to calculate an
Array of serial numbers matching each numeric value in row 2.
The MOD function divides each of the serial numbers in that Array by the
N value in cell E4, and returns an Array consisting of the remainder of
each calculation.
The following expression returns an additional Array consisting of TRUE
for every numeric value in row 2 that is not equal to 0 and FALSE for
every other value:
B2:K2<>0
The IF function returns an Array consisting of the values in row 2 for
which TRUE was returned by the above expression (non-zeros) and for
which the serial numbers (calculated above) were divisible by N (i.e. the
Thus, an average is calculated for every nth value in row 2, excluding
zeros.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
382
Finding Minimum / Maximum

Values
Finding the Minimum Value in a Referenced
Range
¾ Problem:
Column A contains a list of numbers.
We want to find the minimum value in the range between row 2 (first
value in the list) and each row number specified in column B.
¾ Solution:
Use the MIN and INDIRECT functions in the following formula:
=MIN(INDIRECT("$A$2:A"&B2))
Explanation:
The text "$A$2:A" and the row number stored in cell B2 are joined into a
single string.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
383
Chapter 9
The INDIRECT function returns the reference indicated by that string,

which is the reference of the range in column A that is between row 2
(first value in the list) and the row number specified in cell B2.
The MIN function returns the minimum value in that range.
Calculating the Lowest Common Multiple

(LCM)
¾ Problem:
Calculating the lowest common multiple of each pair of numbers in
columns A & B.
¾ Solution 1:
Use the MAX, LEFT, TEXT, and MIN functions in the following formula:
=MAX(A2:B2)*LEFT(TEXT(MIN(A2:B2)/MAX(A2:B2),"0000000/0000000"),7)
¾ Solution 2:
Use the LCM function in the following formula:
=LCM(A2:B2)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
384
Explanation:
The MIN function returns the minimum value in cells A2:B2, i.e. the
smaller number of that pair.
Similarly, the MAX function (the second one in the formula) returns
the larger number of the pair.
The smaller number is then divided by the larger number. The TEXT
function formats the result as "0000000/0000000", and converts it to
text.
The result of the TEXT function is a string representing the reduced
fraction created by the above calculation.
Hence, the string "0000002/0000003" is returned for the values in
cells A2:B2, "0000005/0000006" is returned for the values in cells
A3:B3, and so on.
The LEFT function returns the 7 leftmost characters of that string, i.e.
the numerator of the reduced fraction.
Finally, the larger number in cells A2:B2 (returned by the first MAX
function in the formula) is multiplied by the number represented by
the result of the LEFT function.
The result of that calculation is the lowest common multiple of the
numbers in cells A2:B2.
The LCM function returns the least common multiple of the numbers
in cells A2:B2.

The LCM function is included in the Analysis ToolPak Add-In. To
install the Analysis ToolPak Add-in: Select Tools → Add-Ins →
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
385
Chapter 9
Returning the Nth Largest / Smallest Values in

a Range
¾ Problem:
Finding variously ranked numbers in List1. For example, the second
largest number, the third smallest number, and so on.
¾ Solution:
Use the LARGE and SMALL functions in the following formulas:
To find 2nd largest number enter:
=LARGE(A2:A8,2)
To find 3rd smallest number enter:
=SMALL(A2:A8,3)
Explanation:
The LARGE and SMALL functions return the kth largest/smallest number
in a data set.
The first argument of those functions is the data set (range reference/
Array).
The second argument is the number to be used as K.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
386
Finding the Largest Number among Those

Meeting Specified Criteria
¾ Problem:
Column A contains 5-digit numbers.
We want to find the largest number from the list whose first two digits are
"11".
¾ Solution:
Use the MAX, LEFT, and TEXT functions in the following Array formula:
{=MAX((LEFT(A2:A6,2)=TEXT(C2,"@"))*A2:A6)}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The LEFT function extracts the two leftmost characters of each string in
cells A2:A6 (the first two digits).
The TEXT function formats the number in cell C2 as "@" and converts it to
text.
The text, representing the criteria in cell C2, is then compared with the
two first digits of each string in column A (extracted by the LEFT function).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
387
Chapter 9
Thus, an Array is returned consisting of "1" (TRUE) for each number in

column A which has its first two digits the same as the digits in cell C2,
and "0" for each that doesn’t.
Each value in that Array is multiplied by the number it represents in
column A.
Thus, an Array is returned containing all the numbers in column A that
meet the criteria (first two digits are the same as the digits in cell C2) and
zeros for of all the numbers that don’t.
The MAX function returns the largest value in that Array, which is the
largest number in column A that has "11" as its first two digits.
Finding the Score that Was the Nth Highest for

a Specified Team
¾ Problem:
Range A2:C6 shows the respective teams and scores for a group of
players.
We want to create a formula that will retrieve the second highest score
from column C that matches each team listed in column E.
¾ Solution:
Use the LARGE function in the following Array formula:
{=LARGE(($B$2:$B$6=E2)*($C$2:$C$6),2)}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
388
Explanation:
each team name in cell B2:B6 that equals the team criteria in cell E2 and
"0" (FALSE) for each team name that doesn’t.
$B$2:$B$6=E2
Each value in that Array, representing a team name in column B, is then
multiplied by the corresponding score from column C.
Thus returning an Array containing all the Scores of the Team specified in
cell E2, and zeros for the scores of all other teams.
The LARGE function returns the 2nd largest number in that Array, which
is the 2nd highest score by the team specified in cell E2.
Finding the Largest Value from Two Different

Lists, Subject to Specified Criteria
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain two lists of numbers.
We want to create a formula that will return the maximum value from
either list, providing that the following two conditions are satisfied:
Numbers from List1 must be larger than 3.
Numbers from List2 must be larger than 20.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
389
Chapter 9
If the maximum value found does not meet the above criteria, the formula
should look for the next largest number until finding the largest number
matching criteria.
¾ Solution:
Use the MAX functions in the following Array Formula:
{=MAX(MAX((A2:A5>C2)*A2:A5),MAX((B2:B5>C3)*B2:B5))}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
each number in List1 that is greater than the criteria in cell C2 and "0"
(FALSE) for each number that isn’t:
A2:A5>C2
Each value in that Array is then multiplied by the number it represents in
List1.
Thus returning an Array consisting of all the numbers in List1 that meet
the criteria in cell C2 and zeros for the ones that don’t.
The MAX function (the second one in the formula) returns the maximum
value in that Array, which is the largest number in List1 that is greater
than the criteria in cell C2.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
390
Similarly, the third MAX function in the formula returns the largest
number in List2 that is greater than the criteria in cell C3.
The first MAX function in the formula returns the larger of the two
numbers returned by the second and third MAX functions.
Rounding Values
Rounding Prices to the Nearest Nickel, Dime,
Quarter and Dollar
¾ Problem:
Rounding the prices in column A to the nearest nickel (5 cents), dime (10
cents), quarter (25 cents), and dollar.
¾ Solution:
Use the ROUND function in the following formulas:
Nearest Nickel Formula =ROUND(A2*20,0)/20
Nearest Dime Formula =ROUND(A2*10,0)/10
Nearest Quarter Formula =ROUND(A2*4,0)/4
Nearest Dollar Formula =ROUND(A2,0)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
391
Chapter 9
Explanation:
Nearest Nickel Formula:
The price in cell A2 is multiplied by 20 (representing the number of
nickels in a dollar).
The ROUND function rounds the result of the calculation to the nearest
integer (0 decimal places).
Finally, the number returned by the ROUND function is divided by 20
(representing the number of nickels in a dollar).
Thus, the formula rounds the price in cell A2 to the nearest nickel.
Dividing an Amount into Equal Payments While

Avoiding Division / Rounding Errors
¾ Problem:
The price in cell B1 must be divided accurately into 5 similar payments.
When simply dividing the price $48.04 by 5 and rounding the result to
two decimal places, we get individual payments of $9.61.
However, this would add up to a total payment of $48.05, which is not
the exact amount we started with.
Therefore, we want to calculate 5 similar numbers that add up to the total
amount.
¾ Solution:
Step 1: Calculate the first payment by dividing the price by 5 and
rounding the result.
Use the ROUND function in the following formula:
=ROUND(B1/5,2)
Step 2: Calculate each remaining payment.
Use the ROUND, SUM, and ROW functions in the following
formula:
=ROUND(($B$1-SUM($B$2:B2))/(5-ROW()+ROW($B$2)),2)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
392
Explanation:
In order to find the 5 similar payments, we have to calculate each
payment by dividing the current price (original price - payments already
calculated) by the number of remaining payments (those not yet
calculated).
) First Payment Formula:
The price in cell B1 is divided by 5 (the total number of payments).
The ROUND function rounds the result to 2 decimal places.
) Formula for Each Remaining Payment:
The SUM function adds all the values in the range between cell $B$2
(the first payment) and the cell above the current one in column B
(range $B$2:B2).
Thus, it calculates the sum of all the payments already calculated.
That sum is then subtracted from the original price in cell B1,
returning the current price.
The current price is then divided by the number of remaining
payments, calculated by subtracting the row number of the current
cell (returned by the first ROW function) from the total number of
payments (5) and adding the row number of the first payment
(calculated by the second ROW function).
Finally, the ROUND function rounds the result of that calculation to
2 decimal places.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
393
Chapter 9
Rounding the Calculation of Retail Price and

Sales Tax
¾ Problem:
Calculating the retail price and sales tax (7.75 percent) for each price in
column A.
¾ Solution:
To calculate Retail Price use the ROUND function in the following
formula:
=ROUND(A2/(1+7.75%),2)
To calculate Sales Tax use the ROUND function in the following formula:
=ROUND(7.75%*B2,2)
Explanation:
) Retail Price Formula:
The Total Price in cell A2 is divided by 107.75% (1+7.75%).
The result of that calculation is the Retail Price (excluding Sales Tax)
for the Total Price in cell A2.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
394
) Sales Tax Formula:

The Retail Price in cell B2, calculated by the first formula, is
multiplied by 7.75%.
The result of that calculation is the Sales Tax for the Total Price in cell
A2.
Rounding Up / Down to the Nearest Multiple

of a Specific Number
¾ Problem:
Rounding the numbers in List1 (column A) to the nearest multiple of 50.
We want to round both up and down.
¾ Solution:
To round up, use the CEILING function in the following formula:
=CEILING(A2,50)
To round down, use the FLOOR function in the following formula:
=FLOOR(A2,50)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
395
Chapter 9
Explanation:
) CEILING Formula:
The CEILING function rounds the number in cell A2 up to the nearest
multiple of 50.
) FLOOR Formula:
The FLOOR function rounds the number in A2 down to the nearest
multiple of 50.
Rounding Numbers that Meet Specified

Criteria
¾ Problem:
Rounding all the numbers in column A to zero decimal places, except for
those that have "5" in the first decimal place.
¾ Solution:
Use the IF, MOD, and ROUND functions in the following formula:
=IF(MOD(A2,1)=0.5,A2,ROUND(A2,0))
Explanation:
The MOD function divides the number in cell A2 by 1 and returns the
remainder.
If that remainder is 0.5 (the number in cell A2 has "5" in the first decimal
place), the IF function returns the original number from A2.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
396
Otherwise, the IF function returns the result of the ROUND function,

rounding the number in cell A2 to the nearest integer (0 decimal places).
Rounding Numerical Substrings

¾ Problem:
Rounding the numbers in the string stored in cell A2 (12.34567<>3.4567)
to 3 decimal places.
¾ Solution:
Use the ROUND, LEFT, FIND, and MID functions in the following
formula:
=ROUND(LEFT(A2,FIND("<>",A2)-
1),3)&"<>"&ROUND(MID(A2,FIND("<>",A2)+2,255),3)
Explanation:
The FIND function returns the relative position (character number) of the
text "<>" within the string in cell A2.
The LEFT function extracts all the characters in cell A2 that are to the left
of that position (up to the position returned by the FIND function minus
1).
Thus returning the left number of the string in cell A2.
The ROUND function (the first one in the above formula) rounds that
number to 3 decimal places.
The MID function extracts all the characters in cell A2 that are to right of
"<>" sign (starting at the position returned by the FIND function plus 2).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
397
Chapter 9
The number 255, used as the third argument of the MID function, is for
the maximum number of characters that Excel can hold in one string.
Thus, the MID function returns the right number of the string in cell A2.
The ROUND function (the second one in the above formula) rounds that
number to 3 decimal places.
Finally, the number returned by the first ROUND function is joined with
the text "<>" and with the number returned by the second ROUND
function.
Hence, the formula creates a new string which incorporates the rounded
version of the numbers from the original string.
Rounding a Value to Make It Divisible by a

Specified Number
¾ Problem:
Rounding up each number in column A to the nearest value that makes it
divisible by the corresponding number in column B.
¾ Solution:
Use the ROUNDUP function in the following formula:
=ROUNDUP(A2/B2,0)*B2
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
398
Explanation:
The number stored in cell A2 is divided by the corresponding number in
cell B2.
The ROUNDUP function rounds the result up to the nearest integer (0
decimal places).
The number returned by the ROUNDUP function is then multiplied by
the number in cell B2.
Thus, the formula rounds the number in cell A2 up to the nearest value
that makes it divisible by cell B2.
Ranking Values
Ranking a List of Numbers
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B list the names of the players who took part in the last
game and their respective scores.
We want to rank all the scores, in both descending and ascending order.
¾ Solution:
To rank the scores in descending order (labeling the highest score as
1), use the RANK function in the following formula:
=RANK(B2,$B$2:$B$9,0)
To rank the scores in ascending order (labeling the lowest score as 1),
use the RANK function in the following formula:
=RANK(B2,$B$2:$B$9,1)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
399
Chapter 9
Explanation:
The RANK function returns the rank of the number stored in cell B2
within the list of numbers in cells B2:B9.
The third argument of the RANK function represents the order by which
the numbers in the list are ranked.
0 or omitted represents a descending order (labeling the largest number as
1), and 1 represents an ascending order (labeling the smallest number as 1).
Ranking Numbers in a Dynamic List

¾ Problem:
Range A4:A8 contains a list of numbers that is frequently changed by the
addition or removal of numbers. Consequently, the current rank of each
number is constantly changing.
We want to create a formula that will automatically update the rankings
in column B upon the addition or removal of numbers in column A.
¾ Solution:
Use the RANK, OFFSET, and COUNTA functions in the following
formula:
=RANK(A4,OFFSET($A$4,0,0,COUNTA($A$4:$A$9),1))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
400
Explanation:
cells A4:A9.
The OFFSET function returns the reference of a range that starts at cell A4
(the first cell in the list) and includes as many rows as the number
calculated by the COUNTA function.
That reference represents the range that currently includes numbers to
rank.
As the result of the COUNTA function changes upon the removal or
addition of numbers to and from the list, the reference returned by the
OFFSET function will update accordingly to exclude/include only those
cells in the range.
The RANK function returns the rank of the number stored in cell A4
within the range returned by the OFFSET function (labeling the largest
number as 1).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
401
Chapter 9
Hence, the rankings in column B will be automatically updated upon the

addition or removal of numbers in column A.
Calculating Commissions Based on Sales Rank

¾ Problem:
Columns A & B list the sales totals and IDs of five salespersons. We want
to calculate each person’s commission based on ranking in total sales, as
per the following scheme:
Highest sales total - 15%
2nd highest total - 12%
3rd highest total - 10%
4th highest total - 8%
5th highest total - 5%
¾ Solution:
Use the CHOOSE and RANK functions in the following formula:
=CHOOSE(RANK(B2,$B$2:$B$6),15%,12%,10%,8%,5%)*B2
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
402
Explanation:
The RANK function returns the rank of the Sales Total in cell B2 within
the totals listed in cells B2:B6 (labeling the highest total as 1).
The CHOOSE function returns the nth member of the list of percentages
in the formula (15%,12%,10%,8%,5%) where N is the number returned
by the RANK function.
Thus, it returns the percentage that matches the ranking of the total in cell
B2, based on the scheme listed above.
Finally, the percentage returned by the CHOOSE function is multiplied by
the total in cell B2.
The result is the commission for that total.
Random Calculation
Selecting a Set of Random Numbers, Avoiding
Duplicates
¾ Problem:
Selecting a set of 5 random numbers between 1 and 10, without getting
duplicates.
¾ Solution:
In Data Range (A1:C11):
Step 1: Enter RAND function in column A:
=RAND()
Step 2: Enter the following RANK formula in column B:
=RANK(A2,$A$2:$A$11)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
403
Chapter 9
Step 3: Enter the numbers 1-10 in column C.

In Lottery Range (A14:B19):
In column B, use the VLOOKUP and ROW functions in the
following formula:
=VLOOKUP((ROW()-ROW($A$19)+1),$B$2:$C$12,2,FALSE)
As a result, 5 unique random numbers between 1 and 10 will be
displayed in column B.
The numbers will change with each recalculation (press the <F9>
key).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
404
Adjusting Values Returned by the RAND

Function
¾ Problem:
Retrieving two random numbers between 0 and 30, ensuring that the first
number (Num1) is always greater than the second one (Num2).
¾ Solution:
Step 1: To retrieve Num1, use the INT and RAND functions in the
following formula in cell A2:
=INT(RAND()*30)+1
This ensures an upper limit of 30 for the number generated.
Step 2: To retrieve Num2, use the INT and RAND functions in the
following formula in cell B2:
=INT(RAND()*A2)
This ensures the number generated is smaller than Num1.
Explanation:
) First Formula (Num1 in cell A2):
The RAND function returns a random number.
That number is multiplied by 30 and the INT function rounds down
the result to the nearest integer.
1 is then is added to the result of the INT function.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
405
Chapter 9
Thus, the formula generates a random number between 1 and 30.

) Second Formula (Num2 in cell B2):
The RAND function returns a random number.
That number is multiplied by the number returned into cell A2
(Num1, calculated by the first formula) and the INT function rounds
down the result to the nearest integer.
Thus, the formula generates a random number between 0 and Num1-1.
Note:
Num1 and Num2 will automatically change upon recalculation
(<F9> key).
Randomly Selecting a Value from a Range

¾ Problem:
Randomly selecting one of the letters from the range A1:C4.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX and RANDBETWEEN functions in the following formula:
=INDEX(A1:C4,RANDBETWEEN(1,4),RANDBETWEEN(1,3))
Explanation:
The first RANDBETWEEN function returns a random number between 1
and 4 (the number of rows in range A1:C4).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
406
The second RANDBETWEEN function returns a random number between

1 and 3 (the number of columns in range A1:C4).
The INDEX function uses those numbers as row and column numbers.
The function then returns the value that is stored at the intersection of that
row and column in range A1:C4.
Thus, the formula randomly selects one of the letters from range A1:C4.
Note:
The value retrieved by the formula will automatically change upon
recalculation (<F9> key).

The RANDBETWEEN function is included in the Analysis ToolPak
Random Selection from a List

¾ Problem:
Randomly selecting one of the values from the list in column A.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX, ROUND, RAND, and COUNTA functions in the
following formula:
=INDEX(A2:A7,ROUND(RAND()*COUNTA(A2:A7),0))
Note:
The value returned by the formula will change with each
recalculation (<F9> key).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
407
Chapter 9
Explanation:
List1 (cells A2:A7).
The RAND function returns a random number between 0 and 1.
Those two numbers are multiplied together and the result rounded to the
nearest integer (0 decimal places) by the ROUND function.
Thus, a random number is returned that is between 0 and the number of
values in List1, which represents a random position (row number) in List1.
The INDEX function returns the value that is stored in that random
position.
Hence, it returns a random number from the list.
Miscellaneous Calculation
Creating a Dynamic Inventory List Based on
Daily Sales
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain a log of all the sales from a particular day.
Each row consists of the name of an item and the quantity sold.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
408
Columns D & E show the initial inventory for all items.

We want to create formulas in column F that will calculate the current
inventory of each item. The formulas should update upon every sale
added to the log.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUMIF function in the following formula:
=E2-SUMIF($A:$A,D2,$B:$B)
Explanation:
The SUMIF function adds all the values in column B (Quantity Sold) for
which the corresponding value in column A (Item) equals the value in
cell D2.
Thus, it returns the total quantity sold for the item listed in cell D2.
That total is then subtracted from the Initial Inventory in cell E2, returning
the Current Inventory of the item shown in cell D2.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
409
Chapter 9
Calculating Net Sale Price According to Text

Criteria
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain the full price of various items along with a
matching category.
The letter "D" in the category name indicates a 20% discount on the full
price for that item.
We want to create a formula that calculates the appropriate sales price for
each item.
¾ Solution:
Use the IF, ISERROR, and FIND functions in the following formula:
=IF(ISERROR(FIND("D",B2)),A2,80%*A2)
Explanation:
The FIND function returns the position (character number) of the
character "D" within the text stored in cell B2. If that character does not
appear in cell B2, it returns the #VALUE! error.
The ISERROR function determines whether or not the result of the FIND
function is an error and returns TRUE/FALSE accordingly.
If TRUE is returned (the letter "D" does not appear in the category name in
cell B2), the IF function returns the full price in cell A2.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
410
Otherwise (the letter "D" appears in the category name in cell B2), it
returns 80% of that price (20% discount).
Thus, it returns the appropriate sales price for the full price in cell A2,
based on the category name in cell B2.
Calculating the Proportion of Characters from

One String that Appears in another String
¾ Problem:
Calculating the percentage of the characters from each string in column B
that appear within the corresponding string in column A.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM, ISNUMBER, FIND, MID, ROW, INDIRECT, and LEN
functions as shown in the following Array Formula:
{=SUM(--
ISNUMBER(FIND(MID(B2,ROW(INDIRECT("1:"&LEN(B2))),1),A2)))/LEN(B
2)}
<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
411
Chapter 9
Explanation:
The ROW and INDIRECT functions are used to create an Array of all the
numbers between 1 and the number representing the length of the string
in cell B2 (calculated by the LEN function).
The MID function uses that Array to create a new Array consisting of all
the characters in cell B2.
The FIND function returns an Array containing the relative positions of
each character extracted by the MID function within the string in cell A2.
If the character is not found within that string, the function returns an
error.
The ISNUMBER returns an Array consisting of a "1" (TRUE) for every
value in that Array that is a number (i.e. represents a character found
within A2), and a "0" (FALSE) for every value that is not a number.
The SUM function adds the values in that Array; thus returning a count of
the characters in B2 that also appear within cell A2.
Finally, that count is divided by the length of cell B2 (calculated by the
LEN function), returning the percentage of characters in cell B2 that also
appear within cell A2.
Calculating the Remaining Credit after Each

Purchase
¾ Problem:
Calculating the credit that remains after each purchase is made.
Once the credit limit (stored in cell B1) is exceeded, zero is to be returned
for all further purchases.
¾ Solution:
Use the MAX and SUM functions in the following formula:
=MAX(0,$B$1-SUM($A$4:A4))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
412
Explanation:
The SUM function adds all the values in the range $A$4:A4, which
includes all the cells in column A between the first cell ($A$4) and the
cell in the current row.
Thus, it calculates a running total of all the Purchases up to the current
row.
That total is then subtracted from the Credit Limit in cell B1.
The result represents the remaining credit after the purchase listed in the
current row.
The MAX function returns the largest number in a data set that consists of
zero (the first argument of the function) and the remaining credit
calculated above (the second argument of the function).
Thus, it returns the remaining credit only until the credit limit is
exceeded.
Once the credit limit is exceeded (the calculated remaining credit is
smaller than 0), zero is returned.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
413
Chapter 9
Calculating Total Annual Payment Based on

Cumulative Monthly Payments
¾ Problem:
Column A is a list of several different payments that are due each month.
Column B indicates the date that each payment is no longer required.
We want to calculate the total amounts that need to be paid during each
year listed in column C.
¾ Solution:
Use the SUM, YEAR, and MONTH functions in the following Array
formula:
{=SUM((YEAR($B$2:$B$6)>C2)*12*$A$2:$A$6+(YEAR($B$2:$B$6)=C2)*
MONTH($B$2:$B$6)*$A$2:$A$6)}

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The YEAR function returns the year number of each date in cells B2:B6.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
414

each date in column B that has a year number greater than the one in cell
C2, and "0" (FALSE) for each date that doesn’t:
YEAR($B$2:$B$6)>C2
Each value in that Array, representing a date in column B, is then
multiplied by the corresponding monthly payment from column A and by
12 (to calculate a yearly payment).
Thus, an Array is returned that consists of the yearly amounts matching
the payments in column A that need to be paid for the entire year.
each date in column B that has a year number (calculated by the YEAR
function) equal to the one in C2, and "0" (FALSE) for each date that
doesn’t:
YEAR($B$2:$B$6)=C2
Each value in that Array, representing a date in column B, is then
multiplied by the corresponding monthly payment from column A and by
the month number of that date (returned by the MONTH function).
Thus, an Array is returned that consists of the cumulative amounts of the
payments in column A that needs to be paid for part of the year.
The SUM function adds the values in both Arrays.
Thus, it calculates the total amount that needs to be paid during the year
shown in cell C2.
Placing the Previous Payment Date beside Each

Pay Date in a List
¾ Problem:
Columns A & B contain Client ID’s and their recent payment dates.
We want to add the date of the previous payment from the same client
next to each entry.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
415
Chapter 9
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX, MATCH, MIN, and IF functions in the following Array
formula:
{=INDEX($B$2:$B$10,MATCH(MIN(IF(((B2-
$B$2:$B$10)>0)*(A2=$A$2:$A$10),(B2-$B$2:$B$10))),B2-
$B$2:$B$10,0))}
Enter the formula in cell C2, and drag down the column.
If a previous payment date does not exist for a particular client, the date
of the current pay date will be displayed in both columns.

<Ctrl+Shift+Enter>.
Explanation:
The following expression returns an Array of the differences between the
date in cell B2 and each date in cells B2:B10:
B2-$B$2:$B$10
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
416
For each date in cells B2:B10 for which that difference is greater than 0
(eliminating the difference between the date in cell B2 and itself), and for
which the corresponding ID (column A) equals the one in cell A2, the IF
function returns the difference calculated above.
Thus, it returns an Array of the differences between the date in cell B2
and each of the pay dates corresponding to the same client ID (cell A2).
The MIN function returns the smallest difference in that Array, which is
the difference between the date in cell B2 and the date of the previous
payment made by the client in cell A2.
The MATCH function returns the position of that difference within the
Array of differences calculated above (by the expression: B2-B2:B10).
The INDEX function returns the date stored in the corresponding position
in column B.
Thus, it returns the date of the previous payment made by the client in
cell A2.
Restricting the Automatic Recalculation of

Volatile Functions
¾ Problem:
When using volatile functions, such as NOW and RANDBETWEEN, the
results change whenever changes are made to the worksheet.
Can we restrict the automatic recalculation so that the results will change
only on demand?
¾ Solution 1:
Use the IF and RANDBETWEEN functions as shown in the following
formula in cell B2:
=IF(A2,RANDBETWEEN(2,12),B2)
Thus, NOW() will automatically recalculate only when the corresponding
value in column A is TRUE.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
417
Chapter 9
To stop the result from changing, alter the value in column A to FALSE,
and the last value calculated will remain unchanged upon recalculation.
¾ Solution 2:
To allow iteration calculations:
Select Tools → Options, check the Iteration box, and press OK.
In column A, next to your original formula, enter either TRUE to enable
automatic recalculation or FALSE to disable it.
In place of your original formula in B3 (=NOW()), use the IF and NOW
=IF(A3,NOW(),B3)

The RANDBETWEEN function is included in the Analysis ToolPak
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
418
Calculating the Percentage of Cells in a Range

that Contain a Specified String
¾ Problem:
We want to create a formula that searches List1 (cells A2:A9) for each
string in column B and returns the percentage of cells containing that
string.
¾ Solution:
Use the COUNTIF and COUNTA functions in the following formula, and
then apply percentage formatting to the cells:
=COUNTIF($A$2:$A$9,B2)/COUNTA($A$2:$A$9)
Explanation:
The COUNTIF function returns the number of strings in List1 (cells
A2:A9) that are identical to the string stored in cell B2.
The result is then divided by the total number of strings in List1, as
calculated by the COUNTA function (returns the number of non-blank
cells in cells A2:A9).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
419
Chapter 9
Thus, the formula calculates the percentage of strings in List1 that are
identical to the one in cell B2.
Calculating the Absolute Difference between

Each List Value and the Minimum Value in the
List
¾ Problem:
For each value in List1 (column A), we want to calculate the absolute
difference between it and the minimum value in the list.
¾ Solution:
Use the ABS and MIN functions in the following formula:
=ABS(MIN($A$2:$A$8)-A2)
Explanation:
The MIN function returns the minimum value in List1 (cells A2:A8).
The number stored in cell A2 is then subtracted from the minimum,
returning the difference between them.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
420
The ABS function returns the absolute value of the result, which is the
absolute difference between the number in cell A2 and the minimum
value in the list.
Determining Divisibility
¾ Problem:
Determining whether each of the numbers listed in column A is divisible
by the corresponding number in column B.
¾ Solution:
Use the IF and MOD functions in the following formula:
=IF(MOD(A2,B2)=0,"Divisible","Non-Divisible")
Explanation:
The MOD function divides the number stored in cell A2 by the
corresponding number in cell B2 and returns the remainder.
If the remainder equals 0, the IF function returns the text "Divisible".
Otherwise, it returns "Non-Divisible".
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
421
Chapter 9
Multiplying Values from Two Matrixes that

Occupy Corresponding Addresses
¾ Problem:
Matrix1 (cells A3:D6) and Matrix2 (cells F3:I6) have a similar structure.
Range A8:C11 contains pairs of index values, representing columns and
rows for both matrixes.
We want to create a formula to multiply the corresponding values from
each matrix that are stored in the positions indicated by each pair of
index values.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX, OFFSET, and MATCH functions in the following formula:
=INDEX(OFFSET($A$3:$D$6,1,1,3,3)*OFFSET($F$3:$I$6,1,1,3,3),
MATCH(B9,$F$3:$F$6,0)-1,MATCH(A9,$A$3:$D$3,0)-1)
Explanation:
The first OFFSET function in the above formula offsets the reference of the
first cell in Matrix1 (cell A3) by 1 column and 1 row and returns an Array
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
422
of the values included in a range that starts at that offset reference (cell
B4) and spreads over 3 rows and 3 columns (cells B4:D6).
Thus, it returns an Array consisting of all the values in Matrix1 (without
the index row and column).
Similarly, the second OFFSET function returns an Array consisting of all
the values in Matrix2 (without the index row and column).
The two Arrays returned by the OFFSET functions are then multiplied,
creating an Array of the products of each pair of corresponding values in
Matrix1 and Matrix2. The structure of that Array is identical to the
structure of Matrix1 and Matrix2.
The first MATCH function returns the position (row number) of the value
stored in cell B9 (row index value) within cells F3:F6 (the index column
of Matrix2).
The second MATCH function returns the position (column number) of the
value stored in cell A9 (column index value) within cells A3:D3 (the
index row of Matrix1).
The two numbers returned by the MATCH functions represent the
position (row and column) of the corresponding values in Matrix1 and
Matrix2 for which the product should be returned.
Finally, the INDEX function returns the value stored in that position
within the Array of products created above.
Thus, it returns the product of the corresponding values from each matrix
that are stored in the position indicated by the pair of index values in cells
A9:B9.
Converting Decimal Fractions to Fractions of a

Specified Number
¾ Problem:
Converting the decimal fractions in List1 to fractions of four, where each
quarter is the equivalent of one decimal unit (tenth).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
423
Chapter 9
¾ Solution 1:
Use the INT function as shown in the following formula:
=INT(A2)+((A2-INT(A2))*4)/10
¾ Solution 2:
Use the DOLLARFR function as shown in the following formula:
=DOLLARFR(A2,4)
Explanation:
) INT Formula:
The INT function in the following expression rounds down the
decimal fraction in cell A2 to the nearest integer.
((A2-INT(A2))*4)
The number returned by the INT function (the integer part of the
fraction in cell A2) is then subtracted from the number in cell A2 and
the result (the non-integer part of the number in cell A2) is multiplied
by 4 (the fraction to which the number in cell A2 should be
converted).
The result of the above expression is divided by 10 (the fraction from
which the number in cell A2 should be converted) and added with
the number returned by the INT function (the integer part of cell A2).
Thus, the decimal fraction in cell A2 is converted to fractions of four,
where each quarter is the equivalent of one decimal unit (tenth).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
424
) DOLLARFR Formula:
The DOLLARFR function converts the decimal number in cell A2 to a
fraction of 4.

The DOLLARFR function is included in the Analysis ToolPak Add-In.
Simplifying Formulas by Defining Names for

Often-Repeated Parts
¾ Problem:
The following formula searches column A for each of the serial numbers
listed in column C.
It then analyses the corresponding number from column B: for numbers
less than or equal to 40, 10 is added; and for numbers greater than or
equal to 90, 10 is subtracted. Other numbers are returned as is.
=IF(VLOOKUP($C2,$A$2:$B$5,2,FALSE)>=90,VLOOKUP($C2,$A$2:$B$5,2,
FALSE)-
10,IF(VLOOKUP($C2,$A$2:$B$5,2,FALSE)<=40,VLOOKUP($C2,$A$2:$B$5,
2,FALSE)+10,VLOOKUP($C2,$A$2:$B$5,2,FALSE)))
As can be seen, the underlined VLOOKUP part of the formula is repeated
a number of times, thus creating a long and very complicated formula.
To make our spreadsheet easier to understand, we would like to simplify
the formula.
¾ Solution:
Step1: Define a name for the repeated part of the formula:
Select a cell → Insert → Name → Define → type the name "value" in
the Names in workbooks text box → and enter the following formula
in the Refers to box:
=VLOOKUP($C2,$A$2:$B$5,2,FALSE)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
425
Chapter 9
Step 2: Enter the following formula in cell D2, and copy it down the
column:
=IF(value>=90,value-10,IF(value<=40,value+10,value))
Explanation:
The VLOOKUP function, defined as "value" in the above formula, looks
up the first column of range A2:B5 (column A) for the serial number
entered in cell C2. It then returns the corresponding value from the
second column (column B).
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
426
If that value is larger than or equal to 90, the IF function subtracts 10 from
it, and returns the result.
If the value returned by VLOOKUP function is smaller than or equal to
40, the IF function adds 10 to it and returns the result.
Otherwise, it returns the exact value retrieved by the VLOOKUP function.
Converting Units
¾ Problem:
Column A contains 4 pairs of numbers, which represent kilometers,
degrees Celsius, milligrams, and days.
We want to convert the quantities to their equivalents in miles, degrees
Fahrenheit, kilograms, and seconds respectively.
¾ Solution:
Use the CONVERT function as shown in the following formulas:
To convert kilometers to miles:
=CONVERT(A2,"km","mi")
To convert Celsius to Fahrenheit:
=CONVERT(A6,"C","F")
To convert milligrams to kilograms:
=CONVERT(A10,"mg","kg")
To convert days to seconds:
=CONVERT(A14,"day","sec")
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
427
Chapter 9

The CONVERT function is included in the Analysis ToolPak Add-In. To
install the Analysis ToolPak Add-in: Select Tools → Add-Ins → Analysis
ToolPak, Click OK.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
428
Last printed: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 8:46:00 PM
Income Tax & Financial
429
Chapter 10
Chapter 10
About This Chapter
This chapter contains formulas for calculating Income Tax, various

financial calculations, and Amortization Tables. It includes the following
sections:
) Calculating Income Tax, page 430: This section contains an example
on how to calculate income tax using a Taxable Income Brackets
Table.
) Financial Formulas, page 432: This section contains various financial
formulas that calculate monthly repayments of a loan, interest
payments, Canadian mortgages, and more.
) Amortization Tables, page 434: This section deals with three
amortization tables: regular, with a grace period, and with random
loan payments.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:47:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 12:41:00 PM
430
Calculating Income Tax

Calculating Total Income Tax
¾ Problem:
We want to use variable-rate Taxable Income Brackets to calculate a
person’s total income tax.
¾ Solution:
Use the INDEX, MATCH, and LOOKUP functions as shown in the
following formula:
=INDEX(TaxTable,MATCH(C13,Bracket),3)+(INDEX(TaxTable,
MATCH(C13,Bracket)+1,2))*(C13-LOOKUP(C13,Bracket))
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:47:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 12:41:00 PM
431
Chapter 10
Explanation to Formulas used (see rows 26:30 in the screenshot):
Step 1: Find the row number of the highest tax bracket below taxable
income.
Step 2: Find the $ amount of the highest tax bracket below taxable
income.
Step 3: Calculate the difference between taxable income and the highest
tax bracket below taxable income.
Step 4: Calculate the tax for the difference between taxable income and
the highest tax bracket below taxable income.
Step 5: Add the accumulated tax for the highest tax bracket below
taxable income + the tax calculated on the in step 4.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:47:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 12:41:00 PM
432
Financial Formulas
Using Financial Functions
¾ Problem:
The range B2:G6 contains some of the following parameters for a number
of different loans (each occupying a separate column):
Principal, interest rate, total number of payments, and monthly payment.
Based on those details, we want to calculate the following:
1. Monthly payment for the loan detailed in column B.
2. Principal payments in the first month, first year, and last year for the
loan detailed in column C.
3. Total number of payments for the loan detailed in column D.
4. Interest rate for the loan detailed in column E.
5. Present value of the loan detailed in column F.
6. First month’s interest payment for the loan detailed in column G.
¾ Solution:
Use the formulas as shown in the screenshot.
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:47:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 12:41:00 PM
433
Chapter 10
Calculating Canadian Mortgage Payments

¾ Problem:
The following PMT formula calculates the monthly payment for a
$100,000 mortgage, repaid over a period of 20 years, at 8% annual
interest:
=PMT(8%/12,12*20,100000,0,0)
As Canadian interest rates are calculated semi-annually, rather than
annually, the above formula will not calculate the payments correctly.
How can we modify the above PMT formula to calculate monthly
payments for Canadian mortgages?
¾ Solution:
With interest rate in column A, period (years) in column B, and mortgage
sum in column C, use the PMT function as shown in the following
formula:
=PMT((A2/2+1)^(2/12)-1,12*B2,C2,0,0)
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:47:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 12:41:00 PM
434
Amortization Tables
Creating an Amortization Schedule
¾ Problem:
Listed in cells C3:C5 are the principal, interest rate, and number of
payments for a loan.
Range B3:B5 contains a list of the Names defined for each of the cells in
cells C3:C5.
We want to create an amortization schedule based on the data in cells
B3:C5.
¾ Solution:
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:47:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 12:41:00 PM
435
Chapter 10
Creating an Amortization Schedule with a

Grace Period
¾ Problem:
Listed in cells C2:C5 are the principal, interest rate, number of payments,
and grace period (in months) for a loan.
We want to create an amortization schedule based on the data in cells
C2:C5.
¾ Solution:
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:47:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 12:41:00 PM
436
Creating an Amortization Schedule for

Random Loan Payments
¾ Problem:
Listed in cells C3:C5 is a loan’s principal, the date it was received, and its
interest rate.
Range B3:B5 contains a list of the Names defined for each of the cells in
cells C3:C5.
Listed in cells A15:B17 are the return dates of the loan, and the principal
paid on each payment.
We want to create an amortization schedule for the random payments in
column A, based on the data in cells B3:C5.
¾ Solution:
Last printed: 8/20/2005 12:47:00 PM

Last saved: 8/20/2005 12:41:00 PM
List of Functions
437
Appendix
List of Functions
ABS
Returns the absolute value of a number.
Function syntax: number
Appears in topic: (page number) 109, 174, 293, 419
ADDRESS
Creates a cell address as text, given specified row and
column numbers.
Function syntax:
row_num,column_num,abs_num,a1,sheet_text
Appears in topic: (page number) 66, 160, 328
AND
Returns TRUE if all its arguments are TRUE; returns FALSE
if one or more arguments is FALSE.
Function syntax: logical1,logical2, ...
Appears in topic: (page number) 63, 73, 221, 222, 223,
224, 229
AVERAGE
Calculates the average arithmetic mean of the values in the
list of arguments.
Function syntax: value1,value2,...
365, 366, 368, 371, 372, 374, 377, 378, 380
Last printed: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM
438
CEILING
Returns number rounded up, away from zero, to the nearest
multiple of significance.
Function syntax: number,significance
CELL
Returns information about the formatting, location, or
contents of the upper-left cell in a reference.
Function syntax: info_type,reference
Appears in topic: (page number) 380
CHAR
Returns the character specified by a number.
CHOOSE
Uses index_num to return a value from the list of value
arguments.
Function syntax: index_num,value1,value2,...
Appears in topic: (page number) 94, 98, 140, 216, 401
CODE
Returns a numeric code for the first character in a text
string.
Function syntax: text
Appears in topic: (page number) 56, 64
COLUMN
Returns the column number of the given reference.
Function syntax: reference
208, 261, 285, 308, 328, 355, 356, 357, 380
Last printed: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM
List of Functions
439
CONCATENATE
Joins several text strings into one text string.
Function syntax: text1,text2,...
CONVERT
Converts a number from one measurement system to
another.
Function syntax: number,from_unit,to_unit
COUNT
Counts the number of cells that contain numbers and
numbers within the list of arguments.
Function syntax: value1,value2, ...
376
COUNTA
Counts the number of cells that are not empty and the
values within the list of arguments.
Function syntax: value1,value2, ...
335, 348, 399, 406, 418
COUNTBLANK
Counts empty cells in a specified range of cells.
Function syntax: range
COUNTIF
Counts the number of cells within a range that meet the
given criteria.
Function syntax: range,criteria
Last printed: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM
440

184, 223, 242, 242, 244, 246, 247, 251, 257, 260, 264,
266, 271, 277, 278, 281, 333, 338, 340, 342, 348, 351,
371, 418
DATE
Returns the serial number that represents a particular date.
Function syntax: year,month,day
Appears in topic: (page number) 72, 74, 75, 81, 84, 85, 89,
90, 92, 99, 127, 154, 257
DATEDIF
Calculates the number of days, months, or years between
two dates.
Function syntax: start_date,end_date,unit
DATEVALUE
Returns the serial number of the date represented by
date_text
Function syntax: date_text
DAY
Returns the day of a date, represented by a serial number.
Function syntax: serial_number
DOLLARDE
Converts a dollar price expressed as a fraction into a dollar
price expressed as a decimal number.
Function syntax: fractional_dollar,fraction
Last printed: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM
List of Functions
441
EOMONTH
Returns the serial number for the last day of the month that
is the indicated number of months before or after
start_date.
Function syntax: start_date,months
EXACT
Compares two text strings and returns TRUE if they are
exactly the same, FALSE otherwise.
Function syntax: text1,text2
FIND
FIND finds one text string (find_text) within another text
string (within_text), and returns the number of the starting
position of find_text, from the first character of within_text.
Function syntax: find_text,within_text,start_num
61, 65, 113, 128, 299, 396, 409, 410
FLOOR
Rounds number down, toward zero, to the nearest multiple
of significance.
Function syntax: number,significance
FREQUENCY
Calculates how often values occur within a range of values,
and then returns a vertical array of numbers.
Function syntax: data_array,bins_array
Last printed: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM
442
HLOOKUP
Searches for a value in the top row of a table or an array of
values, and then returns a value in the same column from a
row you specify in the table or array.
Function syntax:
lookup_value,table_array,row_index_num,range_lookup
HOUR
Returns the hour of a time value.
IF
Returns one value if a condition you specify evaluates to
TRUE and another value if it evaluates to FALSE.
Function syntax: logical_test,value_if_true,value_if_false
58, 59, 63, 66, 67, 68, 79, 80, 100, 102, 109, 111, 125,
140, 149, 151, 161, 168, 174, 175, 177, 180, 189, 190,
204, 206, 207, 216, 218, 221, 224, 225, 226, 227, 229,
230, 234, 237, 238, 244, 247, 250, 258, 268, 277, 292,
299, 302, 333, 340, 342, 344, 345, 347, 348, 351, 365,
368, 371, 372, 374, 377, 378, 380, 395, 409, 414, 416,
420, 434, 435, 436
INDEX
Returns the value of a specified cell or array of cells within
array.
Function syntax: array,row_num,column_num
174, 177, 179, 183, 184, 186, 189, 193, 194, 195, 196,
198, 199, 200, 201, 203, 206, 207, 208, 210, 320, 324,
338, 340, 342, 344, 345, 356, 357, 405, 406, 414, 421,
430
Last printed: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM
List of Functions
443
INDIRECT
Returns the reference specified by a text string.
Function syntax: ref_text,a1
164, 165, 166, 167, 264, 281, 305, 306, 308, 327, 328,
382, 410
INT
Rounds a number down to the nearest integer.
352, 404, 422
IPMT
Returns the interest payment for a given period for an
investment based on periodic, constant payments and a
constant interest rate.
Function syntax: rate,per,nper,pv,fv,type
ISBLANK
Returns TRUE if Value refers to an empty cell.
Function syntax: value
ISERROR
Returns TRUE if Value refers to any error value #N/A,
#VALUE!, #REF!, #DIV/0!, #NUM!, #NAME?, or #NULL!.
ISNA
Returns TRUE if Value refers to the #N/A (value not available)
error value.
Last printed: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM
444

ISNUMBER
Returns TRUE if Value refers to a number.
Appears in topic: (page number) 41, 45, 55, 60, 61, 224,
230, 231, 299, 302, 410
ISTEXT
Returns TRUE if Value refers to text.
LARGE
Returns the k-th largest value in a data set.
Function syntax: array,k
374, 385, 387
LCM
Returns the least common multiple of integers.
Function syntax: number1,number2, ..
LEFT
LEFT returns the first character or characters in a text
string, based on the number of characters you specify.
Function syntax: text,num_chars
55, 60, 63, 65, 72, 100, 102, 113, 128, 252, 299, 383,
386, 396
Last printed: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM
List of Functions
445
LEN
LEN returns the number of characters in a text string.
248, 255, 410
LOOKUP
Returns a value from an array.
Returns a value either from a one-row or one-column range.
Function syntax: lookup_value,array
Function syntax: lookup_value,lookup_vector,result_vector
LOWER
Converts all uppercase letters in a text string to lowercase.
MATCH
Returns the relative position of an item in an array that
matches a specified value in a specified order.
Function syntax: lookup_value,lookup_array,match_type
179, 183, 184, 186, 194, 195, 196, 198, 199, 200, 201,
203, 206, 210, 211, 281, 319, 338, 356, 414, 421, 430
MAX
Returns the largest value in a set of values.
Function syntax: number1,number2,...
140, 147, 172, 177, 180, 184, 190, 203, 208, 210, 383,
386, 388, 411
Last printed: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM
446
MID
MID returns a specific number of characters from a text
string, starting at the position you specify, based on the
number of characters you specify.
Function syntax: text,start_num,num_chars
64, 72, 113, 128, 396, 410
MIN
Returns the smallest number in a set of values.
Function syntax: number1,number2, ...
206, 207, 280, 376, 382, 383, 414, 419
MINUTE
Returns the minutes of a time value.
MMULT
Returns the matrix product of two arrays.
Function syntax: array1,array2
MOD
Returns the remainder after number is divided by divisor.
Function syntax: number,divisor
131, 161, 190, 222, 233, 261, 263, 275, 352, 377, 378,
380, 395, 420
MODE
Returns the most frequently occurring, or repetitive, value in
an array or range of data.
Last printed: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM
List of Functions
447

MONTH
Returns the month of a date represented by a serial number.
231, 258, 273, 322, 413
NETWORKDAYS
Returns the number of whole working days between
start_date and end_date.
Function syntax: start_date,end_date,holidays
NOW
Returns the serial number of the current date and time.
NPER
Returns the number of periods for an investment based on
periodic, constant payments and a constant interest rate.
Function syntax: rate, pmt, pv, fv, type
OFFSET
Returns a reference to a range that is a specified number of
rows and columns from a cell or range of cells.
Function syntax: reference,rows,cols,height,width
280, 292, 319, 324, 326, 328, 335, 352, 355, 399, 421
OR
Returns TRUE if any argument is TRUE; returns FALSE if all
arguments are FALSE.
Last printed: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM
448
Function syntax: logical1,logical2,...

PMT
Calculates the payment for a loan based on constant
payments and a constant interest rate.
Function syntax: rate,nper,pv,fv,type
PPMT
Returns the payment on the principal for a given period for an
investment based on periodic, constant payments and a
constant interest rate.
Function syntax: rate,per,nper,pv,fv,type
PV
Returns the present value of an investment.
Function syntax: rate,nper,pmt,fv,type
RAND
Returns an evenly distributed random number greater than
or equal to 0 and less than 1. A new random number is
returned every time the worksheet is calculated.
RANDBETWEEN
Returns a random number between the numbers you specify.
A new random number is returned every time the worksheet
is calculated.
Function syntax: bottom,top
Last printed: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM
List of Functions
449
RANK
Returns the rank of a number in a list of numbers.
Function syntax: number,ref,order
RATE
Returns the interest rate per period of an annuity.
Function syntax: nper,pmt,pv,fv,type,guess
REPT
Repeats text a given number of times.
Function syntax: text,number_times
RIGHT
RIGHT returns the last character or characters in a text
string, based on the number of characters you specify.
Function syntax: text,num_chars
102, 273
ROUND
Rounds a number to a specified number of digits.
Function syntax: number,num_digits
393, 395, 396, 406
ROUNDDOWN
Rounds a number down, toward zero.
Last printed: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM
450
ROUNDUP
Rounds a number up, away from 0 zero.
ROW
Returns the row number of a reference.
Function syntax: reference
140, 161, 174, 189, 190, 193, 278, 280, 281, 306, 327,
328, 332, 335, 336, 340, 342, 344, 345, 352, 355, 357,
377, 378, 391, 402, 410, 434
SEARCH
Returns the number of the character at which a specific
character or text string is first found, beginning with
start_num.
Function syntax: find_text,within_text,start_num
SMALL
Returns the k-th smallest value in a data set.
Function syntax: array,k
340, 342, 344, 345, 356, 385
SQRT
Returns a positive square root.
SUBSTITUTE
Substitutes new_text for old_text in a text string.
Function syntax: text,old_text,new_text,instance_num
Last printed: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM
List of Functions
451
255, 256, 300, 301
SUBTOTAL
Returns a subtotal in a list or database.
Function syntax: function_num,ref1,ref2,...
SUM
Adds all the numbers in a range of cells.
135, 140, 143, 144, 156, 225, 244, 247, 252, 258, 264,
268, 277, 285, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 296, 299, 300,
301, 302, 305, 308, 314, 317, 319, 322, 324, 326, 327,
328, 366, 376, 391, 410, 411, 413, 434, 435, 436
SUMIF
Adds the cells specified by a given criteria.
Function syntax: range,criteria,sum_range
310, 311, 312, 315, 320, 323, 371, 407
SUMPRODUCT
Multiplies corresponding components in the given arrays, and
returns the sum of those products.
Function syntax: array1,array2,array3, ...
256, 258, 261, 263, 265, 269, 271, 272, 273, 275, 276,
280, 283, 286, 295, 304, 306, 313, 314, 315, 348, 350
TEXT
Converts a value to text in a specific number format.
Function syntax: value,format_text
Last printed: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM
452
115, 132, 139, 165, 383, 386
TIME
Returns the decimal number for a particular time.
Function syntax: hour,minute,second
149, 151
TIMEVALUE
Returns the decimal number of the time represented by a
text string.
Function syntax: time_text
TODAY
Returns the serial number of the current date.
TRANSPOSE
Returns a vertical range of cells as a horizontal range, or vice
versa.
Function syntax: array
TRIM
Removes all spaces from text except for single spaces
between words.
TRIMMEAN
Returns the mean of the interior of a data set.
Function syntax: array,percent
Last printed: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM
List of Functions
453
TRUNC
Truncates a number to an integer by removing the fractional
part of the number.
UPPER
Converts text to uppercase.
VALUE
Converts a text string that represents a number to a
number.
300, 301
VLOOKUP
Searches for a value in the leftmost column of a table, and
then returns a value in the same row from a column you
specify in the table.
Function syntax:
lookup_value,table_array,col_index_num,range_lookup
204, 234, 235, 237, 238, 336, 402, 424
WEEKDAY
Returns the day of the week corresponding to a date.
Function syntax: serial_number,return_type
Last printed: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM
454
WEEKNUM
Returns a number that indicates where the week falls
numerically within a year.
Function syntax: serial_num,return_type
WORKDAY
Returns a number that represents a date that is the
indicated number of working days before or after a date the
starting date.
Function syntax: start_date,days,holidays
YEAR
Returns the year corresponding to a date.
Appears in topic: (page number) 72, 73, 92, 97, 99, 413
Last printed: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM

Last saved: 8/22/2005 1:10:00 PM
Index
455
Index
A Converting
Amortization Tables Decimal Fractions, 422
Amortization Tables, Creating Schedule, Units, 426
434 Counting, 241
Amortization Tables, Grace, 435 Above Average, 246
Amortization Tables, Random Loan Appear Only Once, 247
Payments, 436 Below Average, 246
Array Formula Between Limits, 268
Understanding Arrays, 12 Combined Text, 252
Using Arrays in Formulas, 12 Complex, 277
Averaging Date & Time, 275
Annual Growth, 363 Date Values, 257, 258
Criteria, 365, 366, 368, 369, 371, 376 Dynamic Range, 252
Dynamic Range, 374 Every N Values, 261
Growth, 364 Excel Files, 273
Nth numbers, 377, 378, 380 Filtered List, 280
Sales, 372 Grid, 286
Item Sold, 276
C Lists, 266
Calculating Matrix, 285
Absolute Difference, 419 Multiple Worksheets, 264
Annual Payment, 413 One Criterion, 244
Automatic Recalculation, 416 Players, 271
Payment, 414 Progressively Increment, 278
Percentage, 418 Rows, 263, 265
Proportion, 410 Student Questionnaire, 281, 283
Remaining Credit, 411 Students, 272
Sale Price, 409 Substrings Contain Numbers, 256
Commissions Substrings, 248, 255
Sales Rank, 401 Text, 250, 251
Time Values, 260
Last printed: 8/28/2005 8:55:00 PM

Last saved: 8/28/2005 8:54:00 PM
456
Two Criteria, 265

E
Unique, 244, 269
Employee
Daily Pay, 147
D
Full Time/Shift, 149
Date, 72
Hour Worked, 140, 143, 144
Avoiding Errors, 85
Hourly Productivity, 157
Business Day, 77
Login Logout, 136
Calculating, 74
Overtime, 152
Compare, 88
Shift, 151, 152, 154
Counting, 85
Time Worked, 139
Days, 73, 89
Total Pay, 144
Entering, 72
Vacation/Sick Days, 156
Julian 100
Error
Month Last Day, 75
AND Function, 230
Month Serial Number, 94
Avoiding, 225
Months, 73, 92
Date, 231
Negative Values, 83, 84
Divide Zero, 226
Payment Due 80
Handling Errors, 224
Project End Day, 78
IF Function, 229
Quarter, 95, 98
Ignoring Blank, 224
Serial Number, 90
Ignoring, 227
Specific Day of Month, 81
Subtracting Time, 233
String, 97
VLOOKUP, 234, 235, 237, 238
Two Criteria, 79
Week Number, 87
F
Weeks, 73
Financial Formulas, 432
Year, 73, 99
Finding
Date & Time, 71, 125
Alphabetic Order, 184
Combining Text, 127, 128
Every N Value, 190
GMT to CST, 126
Largest, 386
Matrix, 132
Lowest Common, 383
Separating, 131
Maximum, 382
Stamp, 125
Minimum, 382
Weekday Hours, 130
Nth highest, 387
Dividing, 391
Value, 223
Divisibility, 420
Last printed: 8/28/2005 8:55:00 PM

Last saved: 8/28/2005 8:54:00 PM
Index
457
Formula Duplicate Rows, 350

Array, 12 Frequency, 333
Audit, 16 Non-Blank, 344
Comment, 11 Retrieving Common, 342
Copying, 6 Retrieving Greater, 345
Displaying, 7, 8 Retrieving Unique, 338, 340
Pasting, 7 Retrieving, 332, 335
Printing Syntax, 11 Shuffling, 336
Printing, 7 Sorted, 347
Protecting, 22, 23, 24 Sorting Ascending, 332
Selecting, 7 Sorting Descending, 332
Stepping, 19 Sorting, 332
Syntax, 7 Transposing, 352, 355, 357
Trace Dependent, 17, 18 Transposing, Ascending Order, 356
Trace Precedents, 17, 18 Logical & Errors, 215
Tracing Errors, 21 Lookup, 159
Function
Argument, 2 M
Copying, 2 Mortgage
Editing, 2 Canadian, 433
Insert Function Dialog, 2, 69 Multiplying
Inserting, 2 Matrix, 421
Nesting, 3
Function, Appendix, List of Functions,
N
Name
437-454
Define, 14
I Delete, 15
IF Formula, 15
Reducing Complexity, 216, 218 Retrieving, 162, 163
Income Tax, 430 Simplified Formulas, 424
Inventory, Dynamic List, 407 Syntax, 13
L R
List, 331 Random, 402, 404, 405, 406
Creating by Criteria, 338 Avoiding Duplicate, 402
Duplicate, 348, 351 Ranking, 398
Last printed: 8/28/2005 8:55:00 PM

Last saved: 8/28/2005 8:54:00 PM
458
Commissions, 401 Divisible, 397

Dynamic List, 399 Down, 394
List, 398 Eliminating Errors, 391
Reference Nearest, 390
Absolute, 4, 5, 6 Numerical Substrings, 396
Relative, 4, 5, 6 Retail Price, 393
Retrieving Up, 394
Case Sensitive, 186
Column Header, 206, 207, 208, 210 S
Complex, 206 Shift, 135, 149, 151, 152, 154
Distance, 194 Subtotals
Entire Data, 201 Summing, 294
File Name, 173 Summing, 289
Filtered List, 187 Absolute Values, 293
Grid, 211 Blank Cells, 298, 302
Highest Grade, 203 Closed Workbooks, 307
Larger, 182, 183 Different Sheets, 291
Last Value, 177, 178 Dynamic Range, 292
List, 170 Expenses, 319, 322
Matching Values, 195 Hours, 323
Most Frequent, 175 Income, 320
Non-Blank, 179 Indirect Cell Reference, 305
Nth Largest, 385 Intersection, 290
Nth Smallest, 385 Invisible Spaces, 302
Nth Value, 192, 193 Largest, 327
One Criterion, 170 Last N, 324, 326, 328
Payment, 180 Multiple Column, 312
Player, 171 Multiple Sheets, 306
Sale Price, 199 Non Empty Cells, 304
Smaller, 182, 183 Numerical & Textual Substrings, 299
Smallest N Value, 189 Numerical Substrings, 300
Student Grade, 174 One Criterion, 310
Two Criteria, 196, 198, 200 Positive Negative, 310
Two Lists, 204 Quarters, 322
Rounding, 390 Redundant Spaces, 301
Criteria, 395 Rounded Numbers, 296
Last printed: 8/28/2005 8:55:00 PM

Last saved: 8/28/2005 8:54:00 PM
Index
459
Sales, 311, 313, 314 Retrieving, Row, 160

Scored in Game, 317 Reversing Word, 65
Subtotals, 294 Searching, 61
Text, 298 Searching a String, 55
Text & Numbers, 298 Separate First & Last Name, 48
Two Criteria, 315 Sorting, 64
Splitting Address, 47
T
Subdividing, 34, 45
Text, 25
Subdividing Mix, 45
Alphabetic Order, 64
Time, 102
Blank Cell, 39, 40, 41
Adding, 106, 108
Combining Numbers, 32, 33
Adding Text, 106
Combining Text & Date, 31
Adding, Hour Minutes, 107
Combining Text & Numbers, 30, 35
Calculating, 123
Duplicate, 29
Converting Decimal, 112
Extracting Words, 49
Converting Text, 113
Find Alphabetically, 56
Converting to Decimal, 114
Formatting Numeric Values, 37
Difference, 109
Formatting, 36, 58
Entering, 102, 103
Hidden Apostrophes, 44
Military, 115
Letter in Substring, 59
Rounding, 119, 120, 121, 122
Long Distance, 63
Subtracting, 111
Minus Sign, 51
Time Zone, 117, 118
Numeric Substrings, 54
Timesheet, 135
Position Numbers, 60
Rearranging, 64 V
Redundant Characters, 43 Value Retrieving
Reference, 160 Cell Multiple Sheets, 166
Replacing Characters, 50 Different Sheets, 164
Replacing Substrings, 53 Item, 168
Restricting Characters, 28 Name, 165
Restricting Entries, 27 Price, 168
Retrieving, 160 Sheet, 165
Retrieving Cell Address, 66 Workbook, 167
Retrieving Row Number, 67, 68
W
Retrieving, Column, 160
Wages, 135
Last printed: 8/28/2005 8:55:00 PM

Last saved: 8/28/2005 8:54:00 PM
Financial Statements.xls
460
We'd Like to Hear from You!

Our goal is to publish a book that will help you to get the most out of Excel, upgrade
your working level, and bring to your desk the best solutions needed for everyday
tasks.
I would appreciate it if you could find a few moments and share with us your
thoughts, comments, suggestions, ideas, tips, areas to cover, helpful solutions that
other Excel users might need, and how we can improve and make this book better.
Looking forward to hear from you,
Joseph Rubin, CPA
Author
jrubin@exceltip.com
www.exceltip.com
Joseph Rubin’s Excel books:
F1 Get the Most out of Excel! The Ultimate Excel Help Tip Guide (print &
e-Book)
Financial Statements.xls (print & e-Book)
For more information and ordering: www.exceltip.com
Last printed: 8/28/2005 8:55:00 PM

Last saved: 8/28/2005 8:54:00 PM
F1 Get the Most out of EXCEL F1Get the Most out of
EXCEL
8 Maximize Excel's potential! Work smarter, faster, more efficiently and get the
most out of the Microsoft Excel program!
8 Contains an amazing collection of Excel tips, tricks, keyboard shortcuts, as

well as undocumented hidden tips and solutions.
8 No matter which Excel version you use Excel 97, 2000, 2002 or 2003, this easy
F1 Get the Most out of EXCEL

to use book is a must, both at home and in the office.
8 You can add your own notes, reference tips and examples to any page,
personalizing it to meet your exact needs!
8 Upgrade your Excel working level quickly and easily!
"This is absolutely the best Excel Tutorial Help Guide around!!!"
Author:
Joseph Rubin, CPA, has written the very successful books:
8 Financial Statements.xls
8 Mr Excel on Excel
He is the principal of the leading Excel Web site www.exceltip.com, and has more
than 25 years of financial experience in the accounting industry.
This book is published by: Limelight Media Inc.

www.limelightmediainc.com
Joseph Rubin, CPA
$ 19.95 USA | $ 27.95 CAN

ISBN 0-9746368-2-7
The Ultimate Excel Tip Help Guide
User Level – All Levels
All Levels | Excel 97 | Excel 2000 | Excel 2002 | Excel 2003
Microsoft Excel Versions – Excel 97, 2000, 2002, 2003
Shelving Category – Microsoft Office / Excel /
Spreadsheets
Joseph Rubin, CPA
Financial Statements.xls Financial Statements.xls
A Step-by-Step guide to creating Financial Statements using A Step-by-Step guide to creating Financial Statements using
Microsoft Excel Microsoft Excel
Second Edition
Financial Statements.xls Joseph Rubin, CPA

8 Build complete models of Financial Statement reports using Microsoft Excel including: Balance Sheet,
Income Statement, Cash Flow and Notes. Second Edition
8 Present, Print or Mail Financial Statement reports on a Monthly, Quarterly (calendar/ fiscal) or Annual basis.
8 Customize the Financial Statements.xls workbook, add Custom Menus, automate printing and mailing.
8 Analyze Financial Statements including: 5 year comparison reports, Ratio Analysis report and Profit
Centers using PivotTable reports.
This book is for: Accountants, CPA'S, Controllers, Developers, Consultants and Instructors. Bonus CD-Rom Included
Bonus CD-Rom Includes:
8 Complete searchable eBook – easy to browse and print.
8 Sample Financial Statements in Excel workbook file.
8 Excel workbook files contain all data and formulas covered in the book.
8 Additional Bonus: A number of free Add-Ins.
Author:
Joseph Rubin, CPA, principal of www.exceltip.com is the author of the very successful book
F1 Get the Most out of Excel! The Ultimate Excel Tip Help Guide.
Joseph Rubin has more than 25 years of financial experience in the accounting industry.
This book is published by: Limelight Media Inc. www.limelightmediainc.com

ISBN 0-9746368-4-3
$ 44.95 USA | $64.95 CAN
User Level – Intermediate to Advanced

Excel Versions – Excel 97, 2000, 2002 (xp) and 2003
Shelving Category – Business Application/ Excel/ Spreadsheets Joseph Rubin, CPA

F1 - Get The Most Out of Excel Formulas and Functions

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

F1 - Get The Most Out of Excel Formulas and Functions

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

F1 - Get The Most Out of Excel Formulas and Functions

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

F1 Get the Most out of Excel

Formulas & Functions

The Ultimate Excel Formulas & Functions Help Guide

Last printed: 8/22/2005 9:56:00 AM

The Ultimate Excel Formulas & Functions Help Guide

Copyright 2005 by Joseph Rubin, CPA

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted

Written by: Joseph Rubin, CPA

Published by: Limelight Media Inc.

Distributed by: Limelight Media Inc.

First printing: August 2005

Library of Congress Control Number (LCCN): 2005905906

Last printed: 8/22/2005 2:27:00 PM

About The Author